You are on page 1of 118

TRACE Load 700 Output Interpretation Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Click on a topic with your mouse to jump to that specific page.


CHAPTER 1. Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
1.1 How to use this manual
......................................................................................................................................................................... 3
CHAPTER 2. Output Reports
2.1 Summary Reports
2.1.1 Title Page
....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.2 Checksums (System, Zone, Room)
.............................................................................................................................................. 9
2.2 System Reports
2.2.1 Design Airflow Quantities
........................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.2.2 Design Capacity Quantities
......................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.2.3 Engineering Checks
.................................................................................................................................................................... 26
2.3 Peak Load Summary Reports
2.3.1 Peak Cooling Loads
..................................................................................................................................................................... 28
2.3.2 Peak Heating Loads
..................................................................................................................................................................... 43
2.4 Psychrometric State Points (System, Zone, Room, Auxiliary)
........................................................................................................... 53
2.5 Building Envelope Loads
.................................................................................................................................................................... 63
2.6 Internal Loads...................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
2.7 Airflow Loads
2.7.1 Airflow Cooling Loads at Coil Peak
........................................................................................................................................... 84
2.7.2 Airflow Heating Loads at Coil Peak
............................................................................................................................................ 90
2.8 Airflow Heat Gain/Loss
....................................................................................................................................................................... 96
2.9 Building Envelope Composition
2.9.1 Building U-Values
..................................................................................................................................................................... 108
2.9.2 Building Areas
........................................................................................................................................................................... 111
2.9.3 ASHRAE 90 Analysis
............................................................................................................................................................... 114

CHAPTER 3. Echo Input Report


3.1 Project Information
............................................................................................................................................................................ 117
3.2 Room Information............................................................................................................................................................................. 117
3.3 System Information
........................................................................................................................................................................... 117

APPENDIX A. System Type Acronyms


.................................................................................................................................................... 118

This document contains excerpts from the


TRACE 600 Output Interpretation Manual

(Trane order no. TRCE-UM-603), dated January 1992

The Trane Company, in offering the TRACE Load 700 computer program, accepts no responsibility or liability for the design of buildings or
their support systems or for the accuracy of the building and system air conditioning load data. The building and system air conditioning load
data are based on conventional engineering principles, plus engineering data supplied only by the program user. Trane further accepts no
responsibility or liability for the suitability of the building air conditioning system in providing the proper temperature control, humidity
control, infiltration, ventilation, air distribution, and quiet operation.

Chapter 1 OVERVIEW
This document describes some of the algorithms used to generate output from the TRACE Load 700 program.
During the load calculation phase, the program takes the building information and stores the 24-hour load profile associated with each
room's load components (external conduction, internal, and solar loads) for each month of the design simulation period.
The design phase uses this load profile information and system information to first find when each room and zone assigned to a particular
system peaks, and then calculate the airflows and capacities using a psychrometric analysis.
The output consists of envelope, capacity and airflow summaries, peak load components, and cooling coil psychrometrics..

1.1 How to use this manual


1.

Use the jumps in the Table of Contents to access the desired report.

2.

The section lists every output field on the report, each containing a brief description and equations. The equations and algorithms
will typically be followed by a variable list with associated references. These references are prefixed with one of the two-letter codes
listed in Table 1.0 below.

3.

Use Acrobats search capabilities to find all occurrences of the reference of interest.
Choose Find from theTools menu (or press the Find button on the toolbar - the binoculars)
Type in the string that you wish to search for in the Find What field:
Variable (i.e. SADB)
Reference or Equation Number (i.e. Ref ##)
Key Word or Phrase
Press the Find button.
Continue to press the Find Again button to see other occurrences.

Table 1.0 TRACE Load 700 Reference Acronyms


EQ
RF
TB
TR *

Equation numbered by reference within this manual


(goto the Ref # with the same number, the value is calculated in the description of the Ref #)
Variable numbered by reference within this manual
(goto the listed Ref #)
Table numbered by section within this manual
TRACE Load 700 input screen
(see Table 1.1 below for screen location)

* The "TR" prefixes are followed by a 4-letter acronym representing a TRACE Load 700 program input screen. The screen acronyms are
listed in Table 1.1 that follows. For detailed descriptions of these screens or individual input fields, refer to the on-line Help.
Table 1.1 TRACE Load 700 Screen Acronyms

TR Acronym

TRACE Load 700 Screen Name

WTHR
GENL

Weather Overrides
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Rooms
Create Rooms - Rooms
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Roofs
Create Rooms - Roofs
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Walls
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Walls
Create Rooms - Internal Loads
Create Rooms - Airflows
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Internal Loads
Internal & Airflow Loads Library - Lighting
Create Rooms - Single Sheet
Create Rooms - Internal Loads
Internal & Airflow Loads Library - Misc Equipment

STAT
ROOF
SKYL
WALL
GLAS
LSCH
PLIT
MISC

4
OACF
FNCF
PART
XFLR
EXSH
INSH
STYP
SOPT
FNSP
SADB
FNOV
CLGC
HTGC
TIME
LSIM
ZNSS

Create Rooms - Single Sheet


Create Rooms - Airflows
Create Rooms - Airflows
Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors
Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors
Shading Library - External Shading
Shading Library - Internal Shading
Create Systems - Selection
Create Systems - Options
Create Systems - Options
Create Systems - Fan Static Pressures
Create Systems - Design Temperatures
Create Systems - Fan Overrides
Create Systems - Cooling Overrides
Create Systems - Heating Overrides
Load Parameters
Load Parameters
Assign Rooms and Zones

* Acronyms that may be included, but are not related to TRACE Load 700
DAYL
Daylighting Controls (TRACE 600 only)
EMSH
EMS/BAS Schedules (TRACE 600 only)
ESIM
Energy Simulation (TRACE 600 only)
EQSH
Equipment Schedules (TRACE 600 only)
RUFS
Resource Utilization (TRACE 600 only)
System Type acronyms are listed with the accompanying description in Appendix A of this manual. For detailed descriptions of these
System Types, refer to the on-line Help.
Additional documentation of the program algorithms is available in the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602.)

2.1.1 TITLE PAGE


The title page lists the project information, geographic and design weather information, and additional load parameters.
Ref #1. Project Information
The Project Name, Location, Building Owner, Program User, Company, and Comments entered on the Project Information screen are
echoed exactly as entered by the user. The Dataset Name is the filename and location.

Ref #2. Weather Location

T he weather location is selected by the user on the Weather Map screen.


Ref #3,4. Latitude/Longitude
The latitude and longitude are echoed from the Weather Library. The latitude and longitude will affect all solar and shading calculations.

Ref #5. Time zone


The time zone is echoed from the Weather Library. The time zone will affect all solar and shading calculations. Table 2.1 lists how the
program assigns the time zone number and lists the North America time zones.
Table 2.1 Time Zones

Time
Zone
Number
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
- 10
- 11

(Alaskan)
(Pacific)
(Mountain
)
(Central)
(Eastern)
(Atlantic)

Degrees
West
Longitude
- 172
+ 172
+ 157
+ 142
+ 127
+ 112
+ 97
+ 82
+ 67
+ 52
+ 37
+ 22
+7
-7
- 22
- 37
- 52
- 67
- 82
- 97
- 112
- 127
- 142
- 157

Degrees
East
Longitude
+ 172
+ 157
+ 142
+ 127
+ 112
+ 97
+ 82
+ 67
+ 52
+ 37
+ 22
+7
-7
- 22
- 37
- 52
- 67
- 82
- 97
- 112
- 127
- 142
- 157
- 172

Ref #6. Elevation


The elevation, in feet [m], is echoed from the Weather Library. Also see Ref #7.

6
Ref #7. Barometric Pressure
The Design Barometric Pressure, DOAPS, is used to correct the properties of moist air for elevation. This value is equivalent to the total
pressure of the moist (supply) air. The barometric pressure is echoed from the Weather Library.

Ref #8, 9. Summer/Winter Clearness Number


The summer and winter clearness numbers are echoed from the Weather Library unless overridden by user entry on the Weather
Overrides screen. For northern latitudes the "summer" clearness number is applied to the months May through September and the
"winter" clearness number to months October through April. For southern latitudes the periods switch. The summer and winter period
can be changed by user entry on the Load Parameters screen.
The clearness number is a direct multiplier on the direct component of solar radiation; however, since the clearness number is divided into
the diffuse component of solar insolation, smaller values of clearness number will increase the diffuse solar component.

Ref #10, 11. Summer Design Dry Bulb/Wet Bulb


The summer design dry bulb (SDDB) and wet bulb (SDWB) are echoed from the Weather Library unless overridden by user entry on the
Weather Overrides screen. This outside air condition represents the time of the hottest dry bulb occurring during the 12 months of the
cooling design portion of the Weather Library.
Whenever the summer design dry bulb and wet bulb are overridden by user entry on the Weather Overrides screen, the summer months
(defined by the "Summer Period" from the Load Parameters screen) cooling design data are modified for that particular run. The dry bulbs
are multiplied by the ratio, DBRAT, defined below:

DBRAT = (SDDB new + TCNFAC) / (SDDB old + TCNFAC)


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 10
DBRAT
Ratio used to normalize Weather Library data dry
bulbs to user-entered SDDB, dimensionless
TR WTHR SDDB new
Summer design dry bulb entered by user on the
Weather Overrides screen, F [C]
RF 10
SDDB old
Summer design dry bulb from the Weather Library,
F [C]
RF 10
TCNFAC
Absolute temperature conversion constant =
459.67, [273.15]
The relative humidity profiles (and thus the wet bulbs and humidity ratios) are modified by normalizing the previous values of humidity
ratio by basing it on the new coincident SDDB/SDWB, i.e.,

If SDRH old > SDRH new


Then RHRAT = (SDRH old - SDRH new ) / SDRH old
Else RHRAT = (SDRH new - SDRH old ) / (100 - SDRH old )
For hourly values,

If SDRH old > SDRH new


Then RH t,new = RH t,old - RHRAT * RH t,old
Else RH t,new = RH t,old + RHRAT * (100 - RH t,old )
Ref#
-------EQ 11
EQ 11
EQ 11
RF 11
RF 11

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------RHRAT
Relative humidity normalizing ratio, decimal
RH t,new
New hourly value of relative humidity, %
RH t,old
Hourly values relative humidity from the
Weather Library, %
SDRH old
Summer design relative humidity; a function of
SDWB old , SDDB old , and DOAPS, %
SDRH new
Summer design relative humidity; a function of
SDWB new , SDDB new , and DOAPS, %

Ref #12. Winter Design Dry Bulb

7
The winter design dry bulb, WDDB, is echoed from the Weather Library unless overridden by user entry on the Weather Overrides
screen. The winter design dry bulb is used in the design of the heating coils and heating-only fans.

Ref #13, 14. Summer/Winter Ground Reflectance


The summer and winter ground reflectance numbers will default to 0.2 unless overridden by user entry on the Weather Overrides screen.
For northern latitudes the "summer" clearness number is applied to the months May through September and the "winter" clearness
number to months October through April. For southern latitudes the periods switch. The summer and winter period can be changed by
user entry on the Load Parameters screen.
The ground reflectance, RGRND, is a direct multiplier on the direct component of solar radiation and represents the additional amount of
direct solar reflected from the ground onto a vertical wall. A horizontal roof will receive no ground reflected radiation. A tilted wall or
roof will receive an amount proportional to RGRND x cosine(90 deg - tilt angle).

Ref #15. Air Density


The density of moist air, AIRDEN, is the ratio of the total mass to the total volume, that is,

(Ma + Mw)
AIRDEN = --------- =
V
Ref#
-------EQ 15
RF 15

Variable
------------AIRDEN
CWRT

RF 15

C1

RF 15

C2

RF 7
RF 15

DOAPS
Ma

RF 15

Mw

RF 15
RF 15

PW
Ra

RF 15
RF 15

SAW
SADB
V
v

1 + SAW/CWRT
C1 x (1 + SAW/CWRT) (DOAPS - PW)
------------ = -------------------------------v
Ra x (SADB + C2)
Description
----------------------------------------------3 [kg/m 3 ]
Supply air density, lbm/ft
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
Conversion constant = 70.72 [1000],
lbf/ft 2 /in.H20 [N/m/kPa]
Absolute temperature conversion constant = 459.6
[273.15], R [K]
Barometric pressure, in.Hg [kPa]
Mass of dry air within a given moist air
volume, lbm [kg]
Mass of water vapor within a given moist air
volume, lbm [kg]
Partial pressure of moist air, in.Hg [kPa]
Gas constant for dry air Equals 53.352
[287.05], ft-lbf/lbm-R [N-m/kg-C]
Supply air humidity ratio, grains
Supply air dry bulb, F [C]
3 [m 3 ]
Total volume of moist air, ft
3 /lbm dry air
Moist air specific volume, ft
3
[m
/kg dry air]

For calculation purposes, the air density is determined assuming SADB = 59 F [15 C] and SAW = 70 grains.

Ref #16. Air Specific Heat


The specific heat of moist air, CPAIR, is given by:

CPAIR = CPDRY + (CPWET x SAW) / CWRT


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 16
CPAIR
Specific heat of moist air, Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
RF 16
CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
RF 16
CPWET
Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
RF 16
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
RF 15
SAW
Supply air humidity ratio, grains

Ref #17. Density-Specific Heat Product


The Density-Specific Heat Product K, is a useful constant used in airflow and sensible energy calculations:

K = AIRDEN * CPAIR * CONVFC


Ref#
-------EQ 15
RF 17
EQ 16
EQ 17

Variable
------------AIRDEN
CONVFC
CPAIR
K

Description
----------------------------------------------3 [kg/cu m]
Supply air density, lbm/ft
Conversion factor = 60 [1000], min/hr [J/kJ]
Specific heat of moist air, Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
Density-specific heat product, Btu-min/(hr-ft
[J/(m 3 -C)]

3 -F)

Ref #18, 19. Enthalpy Factor / Latent Heat Factor


The enthalpy factor, HFAC, and the latent heat factor, LFAC, are useful constants used in airflow and energy calculations.

HFAC = AIRDEN * CONVFC


LFAC = AIRDEN * HFG * CONVFC
Ref#
-------EQ 15
RF 17
EQ 19
RF 19

Variable
------------AIRDEN
CONVFC
HFAC
HFG

RF 18

LFAC

Description
----------------------------------------------Air density, lbm/ft 3 [kg/m 3 ]
Conversion factor = 60 min/hr [1000 J/kJ]
3 ) [J-kg/(kJ-m 3 )]
Enthalpy factor, lbm-min/(hr-ft
Energy content of 50% relative humidity water
vapor at 75 F [24 C] less the energy content
of water at 50 F [10 C] = 1076 Btu/lbm [2503 kJ/kg]
3 ) [J/m 3 ]
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft

Ref #20. Design Simulation Period


The design simulation period will default to months June through November unless overridden by user entry on the Load Parameters
screen. The program will calculate the building design cooling loads for the period using the design cooling weather days from the
Weather Library. (Also see Reference's 10 and 11 for the effect of overriding the summer design dry bulb and wet bulb.)

Ref #22. Cooling Load Methodology


The cooling load methodology is selected by the user on the Load Parameters screen. For descriptions of the available Cooling Load
Methodologies, refer to the online Help or the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602.)

Ref #23. Heating Load Methodology


The heating load methodology is selected by the user on the Load Parameters screen. For descriptions of the available Heating Load
Methodologies, refer to the online Help or the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602.)

2.1.2 CHECKSUMS
A checksums report is created for every room, zone, and system defined for the project. This report is a single page overview of the
cooling/heating loads and design information, including: cooling and heating space and coil peak loads, coil selection criteria, design
airflows, engineering checks and design temperatures.
Note: For accurate design information, use the report at the same level as the component of interest. For example, if you want the design
information for a room level heating coil, such as in a VAV box, refer to the Room Checksums report for that room.
System Type acronyms are listed with the accompanying description in Appendix A of this manual.
The Checksums report is divided into nine sections as follows:
Ref #53a.

Cooling Coil Peak

This section summarizes the load components comprising the main cooling coil capacity as defined by the "Time of Coil Peak" results
from the Peak Cooling Loads, Internal Loads, Building Envelope Loads, Airflow Loads, and Heat Gain/Loss reports. If the main cooling
coil sizing method is BLOCK or BLK
-INT the Block Totals of the various reports are used; otherwise, the Peak Totals are used.
This section includes all load components at the time of the cooling coil peak regardless if those components were used in the calculation
of cooling capacity; therefore, the sensible plus latent total may or may not match the main cooling coil capacity. For example, if the main
cooling coil has been sized as SKIN, the internal loads are still printed out even though they were not used to size the cooling coil.

Ref #53b.

Cooling Space Peak

This section summarizes the load components used to size the main cooling fan as defined by the "Time of Space Peak" results from the
Peak Cooling Loads, Internal Loads, Building Envelope Loads, Airflow Loads, and Heat Gain/Loss reports. If the main cooling fan sizing
method is BLOCK or BLK
-INT the Block Totals of the various reports are used; otherwise, the Peak Totals are used.
This section includes all load components at the time of the cooling space peak regardless if those components were used in the calculation
of fan size; therefore, the space sensible total may or may not match the value used to calculate fan size. For example, if the main cooling
fan has been sized as SKIN, the internal loads are still printed out even though they were not used to size the main cooling fan.

Ref #53c.

Heating Coil Peak

Column "Space Sensible": This section summarizes the load components used to size the main heating fan as defined by the "Time of
Space Peak" results from the Peak Heating Loads, Internal Loads, Building Envelope Loads, Airflow Loads, and Heat Gain/Loss reports.
If the main heating fan sizing method is BLOCK or BLK
-INT the System Block Totals of the various reports are used; otherwise, the
Peak Totals are used. (NOTE: all pre-built system types except induction assume PEAK.) This section includes all load components at the
time of the heating space peak regardless if those components were used in the calculation of fan size; therefore, the space sensible total
may or may not match the value used to calculate fan size. For example, if the main heating fan has been sized as SKIN, the internal loads
are still printed out even though they were not used to size the main heating fan.
Column "Sensible Total": This section summarizes most of the main heating coil load components as defined by the "Time of Coil Peak"
results from the Peak Heating Loads, Internal Loads, Building Envelope Loads, Airflow Loads, and Heat Gain/Loss reports. Note,
however, that although these components are used to help size the main heating coil, the actual heating coil capacity is also a function of
the heating coil location with respect to the preheat coil, i.e., the preheat coil is assumed to meet part or all of the return air and ventilation
load components, depending on the design preheat coil leaving temperature. For any system types that have heating coils located at the
zone or system level, the design heating coil temperature will automatically be sized to handle the worst case heating zone (or room)
which may lead to oversizing. This is typically good design practice except for those instances in which 1) either the heating airflow or coil
temperature can be cycled to meet the load or 2) if air leakage between zones (or rooms) prevents temperature stratification between of the
existence of "air" walls or large doorways. To prevent oversizing for these special cases the Main Heating Coil Capacity can be userdefined as No Oversizing on the Create Systems - Heating Overrides screen.

Ref #53d.

Cooling Coil Selection

For the convenience of the user, coil selection values can be printed for the room, zone, and system level even though the affected coil
may exist at only one of those levels. For example, a shutoff-VAV system has a single cooling coil located at the system level while a fan
coil system has a coil located in each room. Only use the selection values that correspond to the coil level location; other values may be
inappropriate as sum-totals or averages.
The three possible cooling coils are: Main Cooling, Auxiliary Cooling, and Optional Ventilation Cooling. Typically, only the main cooling
coil parameters are printed out.

10
Main Cooling: See Ref #33 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. Note that if the system type was a heating-only
system such as UV or RAD, the main cooling coil selection parameters will print out zeroes.
Auxiliary Cooling: See Ref #34 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. However, none of the pre-built system types
have an auxiliary cooling coil unless the user adds one by user entry on the Create Systems - Cooling Overrides screen).
Optional Ventilation Cooling: See Ref #35 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. The optional ventilation cooling
coil line will print out zeroes unless a value is enteredSADB
for vc on the Create Systems - Options screen.
NOTE: When using these values in conjunction with a coil selection program, only use the capacity, coil airflow, and entering coil
conditions. Do NOT use the estimated coil leaving values as these will vary depending on the type of coil selected.

Ref #53e.

Areas

Floor: See Ref #186.


Partition: See Ref #187.
Exposed Floor: See Ref #188.
Roof (non-glass, glass, %glass): See Ref's 191, 189, and 190 respectively.
Wall (non-glass, glass, %glass): See Ref's 194, 192, and 193 respectively.

Ref #53f.

Heating Coil Selection

The six possible heating coils are: Main Heating, Auxiliary Heating, Preheat, Reheat, Humidification, and Optional Ventilation Heating.
Typically, only the main heating and preheat coils will print out non-zero values.
Main Heating: Note that if the system type uses radiation heating such as BPVAV, VAV or RAD, the entering and leaving coil selection
parameters will print out as zeroes. Except for the most basic systems (such as RAD), the main heating coil capacity is not
simply a sum of the heating load components printed under the Heating Coil Peak section of this report. If a preheat coil exists,
it is assumed to handle some or all of the return air and ventilation components. Mixing systems with an economizer are sized to
handle the extra "reheat" load of the economizer air. (Also see the text for HEATING COIL PEAK above.) See Ref's #37 and
#79 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters.
Auxiliary Heating: See Ref #34 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. Only the system types VAVBSK and
VAVFSK have an auxiliary heating coil unless the user adds one by user entry on the Create Systems - Heating Overrides
screen.
Preheat: Not all systems have preheat coils. For some systems the preheat and main heating coil are combined (i.e., they are one and the
same coil). If a preheat coil exists, it is assumed to handle some or all of the return air and ventilation components. See Ref #39
for a description of the associated coil selection parameters.
Reheat: Not all systems have reheat coils. For some systems the reheat and main heating coil are combined (i.e., they are one and the same
coil). See Ref's #40 and #138 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. Note that both VAV and BPVAV
have reheat coils located in the room (as baseboard radiation) while systems VRH and BPVRH have reheat coil located in each
room's terminal box.
Humidification: This coil size defaults to zero unless the user explicitly enters a value for Minimum Room Relative Humidity on the
Create Systems - Design Temperatures screen. See Ref's #41 and #140 for a description of the associated coil selection
parameters. Note that the humidification capacity is a direct function of the heating infiltration and ventilation airflows; if both
of these quantities are zero for heating design, the humidification coil will be set to zero capacity regardless of the value entered
for Minimum Room Relative Humidity. Another common error occurs when the calculated value for Design Room Relative
Humidity (entered on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen) is overridden by the Psychrometric algorithm and is lower than the
Minimum Room Relative Humidity value. In this case, the Humidity Ratio Difference should also be entered on the Create
Systems - Design Temperatures screen. NOTE: THE ENTERING AND LEAVING CONDITIONS LISTED HERE ARE IN
TERMS OF GRAINS, NOT TEMPERATURES!
Optional Ventilation Heating: See Ref's #42 and #136 for a description of the associated coil selection parameters. The optional ventilation
cooling coil line will print out zeroes unless a value is enteredSADB
for vh on the Create Systems - Options screen.
SUGGESTION: When using these values in conjunction with a coil selection program, only use the capacity, coil airflow, and entering
coil conditions. Do NOT use the estimated coil leaving values as these will vary depending on the type of coil selected. For the case where
the main heating and preheat coils are combined (i.e., they are one and the same coil), sum the two capacities to arrive at the actual

11
combined capacity, the entering condition will equal the preheat coil entering condition while the leaving condition will equal the main
heating coil leaving condition.

Ref #53g.

Airflows

Ventilation: This is the ventilation airflow at the time of the space peak. See Ref's #26, #123, and #133.
Infiltration: This is the infiltration airflow at the time of the space peak. See Ref #119.
Supply: This represents the design supply airflow used to size the main supply fan. See Ref's #27, #28, #58 and #72.
Mincfm: MINCFM represents the minimum operating supply airflow. The terminal box "minimum stop" (or "reheat minimum") nominal
setpoint is set equal to the larger of the two values. This value is used by system types with variable airflow to the space (i.e.,
VAV, VAVBSK, VAVFSK, VRH, BPVAV, BPVRH, PFPVAV, PFPVAVRA, SFPVAV, 2FDDVV, DDVAV). For the
terminal reheat system, TRH, the reheat minimum is set equal to 100% of design supply airflow.
Return: This represents the design airflow used to size the return fan. See Ref #29.
Exhaust: This represents the design airflow used to size the main exhaust fan. See Ref #30.
Room Exhaust: This represents the design airflow used to size the room exhaust fan. See Ref #32.
Auxiliary: This represents the design supply airflow used to size the auxiliary fan, if it exists.

Ref #53h.

Engineering Checks

Capacity values are taken from Ref's #53d/#53f and airflows from Ref #53g. Any auxiliary coil/airflow is ignored. Also see Ref's #44-50.
Clg % OA: (Cooling Ventilation) / (Design Cooling Supply Airflow) x 100
Clg Cfm/Sqft: (Design Cooling Supply Airflow) / (Floor Area)
Clg Cfm/Ton: (Design Cooling Supply Airflow) / (Main Clg Cap + Opt Vent Clg Cap)
Clg Sqft/Ton: (Floor Area) / (Main Clg Cap + Opt Vent Clg Cap)
Number of People: from time of cooling space peak. See Ref #83.
Htg % OA: (Heating Ventilation) / (Design Heating Supply Airflow) x 100
Htg Cfm/Sqft: (Design Heating Supply Airflow) / (Floor Area)
Htg Btuh/Sqft: (Main Htg Cap + Opt Vent Htg Cap) / (Floor Area) x 1000.

Ref #53i.

Temperatures, F [C]

SADB: design supply air dry bulbs used to size the fan supply airflow (from time of space peak). See Ref's #57 and #71.
Plenum (PLENDB) : Plenum temperature from time of coil peak. See Ref #91. If no plenum exists, PLENDB is set equal to the design
room cooling/heating dry bulb.
Return (RADBT) : Return air temperature from time of coil peak. See Ref #153.
Ret/OA (ROADB) : Return/outside air mixture temperature from time of coil peak. See Ref #159 for similar type calculation.
Runaround (RRDB) : Runaround temperature from time of coil peak. Typically equal to plenum temperature. Only relevant for TAB,
PFPVAV, PFPVAVRA, SFPVAV, and 2FDDVV system types. See Ref #151.
FnMtrTD (MTRTD) : Main fan motor heat temperature difference. See Ref #160.
FnBldTD (BLDTD) : Main fan blade heat temperature difference. See Ref #160.
FnFrict (FDUCTD) : Main fan duct friction heat due to airstream kinetic energy translation. See Ref #160.

12

13

2.2.1 DESIGN AIRFLOW QUANTITIES


This report lists design airflow quantities for the applicable fans in each system each calculated at its worst case condition ( sum-ofpeaks or block). NOTE: These airflows may not necessarily be occurring at the same month and hour
System Type acronyms are listed with the accompanying description in Appendix A of this manual.
Ref #26. Outside Airflow (Main System)
Outside Airflow is a function of user entry on the Create Rooms - Single Sheet or Create Rooms - Airflows screens. The nominal value of
ventilation airflow is given by:

OANOM = OAVAL * CONV air * PCTOA t


Ref#
-------TB 2.2
EQ 26
TR OACF
TR OACF
TR LSCH

Variable
------------CONV air
OANOM
OAUNIT
OAVAL
PCTOA t

Description
----------------------------------------------Airflow conversion factor
Nominal value of outside air this hour, cfm [cms]
Outside air unit
Outside air value
Scheduled percent of outside airflow from
time of peak space cooling load sub-report
or peak space heating sub-report. The larger
of the two percents is used.

A value of zero can occur for any of the following reasons:


-- Units of air changes/hr have been specified but the floor-to-ceiling height and/or floor area is zero.
-- The value of Ventilation air is equal to zero on the Create Rooms - Single Sheet or Create Rooms - Airflows screens.
-- Units of airflow/person have been specified but the number of people for this system is zero.
-- Units of % of room supply air have been specified but the supply airflow is zero.
-- The ventilation schedule reads 0% for either the cooling and/or heating design period.
Table 2.2

Airflow Conversion Factors

Units Acronym
ACH-HR
CFM
CFM-P
CFM-SF
M3\S
M3\SPERS
M3\SM2
PCT-MCLG
PCT-MHTG

Description
air chgs/hr
ft 3 /min
cfm/person
cfm/ft 2
m 3 /sec
cms/person
cms/m 2
% Main CFMC
% Main CFMH

1 Conversion Factor, CONV


air
English
SI
VOLUME/60
VOLUME/1
1.0
1/2118
NPEOP
NPEOP/2118
AREA fl
AREA fl /196.8
2118
1.0
NPEOP*2118
NPEOP
AREA fl *196.8
AREA fl
CFMC/100
CFMC/100
CFMH/100
CFMH/100

VOLUME = (FLFLHT - PLENHT) * AREAfl


AREA = AREAfl; if airflow is infiltration AREA = AREAWT

Ref #27. Cooling Supply Airflow (Main System)


The Main Cooling Supply Airflow is taken from the Main System Peak Cooling Loads report. See Ref #58.

Ref #28. The Heating Supply Airflow (Main System)


The Main Heating Supply Airflow is taken from the Main System Peak Heating Loads report. See Ref #72.

Ref #29. Return Airflow (Main System)


The design main return airflow quantity will depend on the Return Fan Sizing Method defined by the System Library.

If (FNSIZE r = BALANCE) Then DSRACF = RACFMT


If (FNSIZE r = SAME-CF) Then DSRACF = DSCFM

c
c

14
If (FNSIZE r = NO-FAN) Then DSRACF = 0
If (DSRACF <

DSEXCF) Then DSRACF = DSEXCF

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 30
BALANCE
Acronym indicating that the return fan will be
sized such that the system is in balance
EQ 27
DSCFM c
Design main cooling airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 30
DSEXCF
Design system exhaust airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 29
DSRACF
Design return airflow, cfm [cms]
RF 29
FNSIZE r
Return fan sizing Method (Default = BALANCE)
RF 29
NO-FAN
Acronym indicating that no return fan exists
EQ 153
RACFMT c
Total return airflow just prior to the main
exhaust (at time of main cooling space peak),
cfm [cms]
RF 29
SAME-CF
Acronym indicating that return fan size will
equal the main cooling fan size
Ref #30. Exhaust Airflow (Main System)
The design main exhaust airflow quantity will depend on the Main Exhaust Fan Sizing Method defined by the System Library.

If (FNSIZE sx = BALANCE) Then DSEXCF = SYEXCF

If (FNSIZE sx = SAME-CF) Then DSEXCF = DSCFM

If (FNSIZE sx = SAME-HF) Then DSEXCF = DSCFM

If (FNSIZE sx = OA-ONLY) Then DSEXCF = DSOACF + DSINCF


If (FNSIZE sx = OA-OR-CF) Then
If (ECOTYP NONE) DSEXCF = DSCFM c * (OAMAX / 100.)
If (ECOTYP = NONE) DSEXCF = DSOACF + DSINCF
If (FNSIZE sx = NO-FAN) Then DSEXCF = 0
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 30
BALANCE
Acronym indicating that the main exhaust fan
will be sized such that the system is in balance
EQ 30
DSEXCF
Design system exhaust airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 27
DSCFM c
Design main cooling airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 28
DSCFM h
Design main heating airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 119
DSINCF
Design infiltration airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
DSOACF
Design outside air (ventilation) airflow,
cfm [cms]
TR SOPT ECOTYP
Economizer type
RF 30
FNSIZE sx
Main exhaust fan sizing method (Default = OA-OR-CF)
RF 30
NO-FAN
Acronym indicating that no fan exists
RF 30
NONE
Acronym indicating that there is no economizer
for this system
TR SOPT OAMAX
Maximum percent of design cooling airflow available during economizer mode
RF 30
OA-ONLY
Acronym indicating that fan size is to equal the
design ventilation airflow
RF 30
OA-OR-CF
Acronym indicating that fan size is equal to the
design ventilation airflow is no economizer
has been specified; otherwise, the fan size
is equal to the design main cooling fan airflow
RF 30
SAME-CF
Acronym indicating that fan size is equal to the
main cooling fan size
RF 30
SAME-HF
Acronym indicating that fan size is equal to the
main heating fan size
EQ 147
SYEXCF c
Value of system exhaust airflow needed to

15
balance the system at the time of the main
cooling space peak, cfm [cms]
Ref #31. Auxiliary System Supply Airflow
Typically, this value will be zero except for system types VAVFSK, VAVBSK, IND, and INDFP.
The design auxiliary airflow during the cooling mode is equal to the auxiliary cooling supply airflow at the time of the auxiliary cooling
space peak.

DSCFM ac = DSFNCF ac
The design auxiliary airflow during the heating mode is equal to the auxiliary heating supply airflow at the time of the auxiliary heating
space peak.

DSCFM ah = DSFNCF ah
The design auxiliary fan airflow quantity will depend on the Auxiliary Fan Sizing Method defined by the System Library.

If (FNSIZE ax = SAME-ACC) Then DSCFM ax = DSCFM ac


If (FNSIZE ax = SAME-ACH) Then DSCFM ax = DSCFM ah
If (FNSIZE ax = LARGEST) Then
If (DSCFM ah > DSCFM ac ) DSCFM ax = DSCFM ah
If (DSCFM ac DSCFM ah ) DSCFM ax = DSCFM ac
If (FNSIZE ax = NO-FAN) Then DSCFM ax = 0
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 65
DSCFM ac
Design auxiliary airflow during the cooling
mode, cfm [cms]
EQ 31
DSCFM ah
Design auxiliary airflow during the heating
mode cfm [cms]
EQ 31
DSCFM ax
Design auxiliary fan airflow
TB 2.3
FNSIZE ax
Auxiliary fan sizing method
RF 31
LARGEST
Acronym indicating that auxiliary fan is to be
sized according to the larger of the auxiliary
heating and cooling coil sizing methods
RF 31
NO-FAN
Acronym indicating that no fan exists
RF 31
SAME-ACC
Acronym indicating that the auxiliary fan size
is equal to the design auxiliary cooling
airflow
RF 31
SAME-AHC
Acronym indicating that the auxiliary
fan size is equal to the design
auxiliary heating airflow
Table 2.3 Auxiliary Fan Characteristics

System Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
1
IND
1
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV

Sizing Method
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST

Level Location
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

Deck Location
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL

Fan Config
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW

16
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
2
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST

ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL

BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW

1
Used to size the induced (secondary) airflow
2

Only this system will automatically size an auxiliary fan. It is optional for all other system types.

Ref #32. Room Exhaust Airflow


The design room exhaust airflow quantity will depend on the Room Exhaust Fan Sizing Method defined by the System Library.

If (FNSIZE rx = AS-INPUT) Then


If (PCT rx,c > PCT rx,h ) DSRXCF = RMEXVL * CONV air * (PCT rx,c / 100)
If (PCT rx,h > PCT rx,c ) DSRXCF = RMEXVL * CONV air * (PCT rx,h / 100)
If (FNSIZE rx = NO-FAN) Then DSRXCF = 0
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 32
AS-INPUT
Acronym indicating that the design room exhaust
& EQ 27
airflow is equal to the value calculated at
the time of the main cooling space peak as
entered by the user
TB 2.2
CONV air
Airflow conversion constant
EQ 32
DSRXCF
Design room exhaust fan airflow, cfm [cms]
TB 2.3
FNSIZE rx
Room exhaust fan sizing method (Default = AS-INPUT)
RF 32
NO-FAN
Acronym indicating that no fan exists
TR LSCH PCT rx,c
Room exhaust percent utilization at time of
main cooling coil peak, %
TR LSCH PCT rx,h
Room exhaust percent utilization at time of
main heating coil peak, %

17

2.2.2 DESIGN CAPACITY QUANTITIES


This report identifies design coil capacities for the applicable coils in each system each calculated at its worst case condition(sum-ofpeaks or block). It also displays the block load for the entire building.
System Type acronyms are listed with the accompanying description in Appendix A of this manual.
Ref #33. Main Cooling Coil Capacity
The main cooling coil capacity is based on the coil sensible and coil latent components as printed in the Main System Peak Cooling Loads
report, i.e.,

QCAP c = (QSENS cl,c + QLAT cl,c ) / CONST


Ref#
-------RF 33
EQ 33
EQ 67
EQ 66

Variable
Description
------------- ------------------------------------------------------CONST
Units conversion
constant = 12,000 Btuh/ton [1000 W/kW]
QCAP c
Main cooling coil capacity, tons [kW]
QLAT cl,c
Main cooling coil latent component at time of
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
QSENS cl,c
Main cooling coil sensible component at time of
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]

If the user has overridden this calculated value by user entry on the Create Systems - Cooling Overrides screen, the user-entered value is
printed here.
The coil airflow at the time of the coil peak,
COILCF c , will also depend on the type of system as discussed by Ref #65.
The coil entering condition is a function of the return/outside condition at the time of the main cooling coil peak and is printed in the
Checksums report.

CEDB c = ROADB c + CETD c


CEW c = DSRMW c
CEH c = (CEW c /CWRT) * (CPWET*CEDB c + HCONST) + CPDRY*CEDB c
The coil leaving dry bulb is equal to the cooling supply air temperature at the time of the coil peak minus the fan heat component which
occurs downstream of the cooling coil:

CLDB c = SADB c - CLTD c


The approximate coil leaving humidity ratio is found by solvingCLW
for c in the enthalpy equation:

CLH c = (CLW c /CWRT) * (CPWET*CLDB c + HCONST) + CPDRY*CLDB c


CLW c = [(CLH c - CPDRY*CLDB c ) / (CPWET*CLDB c + HCONST)] * CWRT
Ref#
-------RF 53d
RF 33
RF 160
RF 53d
RF 53d
RF 33
RF 160
RF 53d
RF 33
RF 33
RF 33

Variable
Description
------------- ------------------------------------------------------CEDB c
Main cooling coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
CEH c
Main cooling coil entering enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
CETD c
Temperature increase prior to coil due to supply fan
heat, F [C]
CEW c
Coil entering humidity ratio, grains [kg/kg]
CLDB c
Coil leaving dry bulb at time of main cooling coil
peak, F [C]
CLH c
Main cooling coil leaving enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
CLTD c
Temperature increase due to fan heat after air leaves
coil, F [C]
CLW c
Coil leaving humidity ratio, grains [kg/kg]
CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air =
0.24 Btu/(lbm-F) [1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
CPWET
Specific heat of water vapor =
0.444 Btu/(lbm-F) [1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)

18
RF 33
RF 154d

HCONST
DSRMW c

RF 53i

ROADB c

RF 53i

SADB c

Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]


Design room humidity ratio at time of the main cooling
space peak, lbm/lbm [kg/kg]
Return/outside air mixture dry bulb at time of main
cooling coil peak, F [C]
Cold deck supply air temperature at time of coil peak,
F [C]

Ref #34. Auxiliary Cooling Coil Capacity


This value will normally be zero since only two of the standard system types (IND and INDFP) use an auxiliary cooling coil.
The auxiliary cooling coil capacity for a particular system is a function of the coil sizing method. For example, if the sizing method is
defined as SKIN, the system cooling capacity will be the sum of the room-level cooling capacities of the room assigned to that system.
The nominal cooling capacity is taken from the Auxiliary System Peak Cooling Loads report by adding the auxiliary coil's sensible and
latent components, i.e.,

QCAP ac = (QSENS cl,ac + QLAT cl,ac ) / CONST


Ref#
-------RF 33
EQ 34
EQ 67
EQ 66

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CONST
Units conversion
constant = 12,000 Btuh/ton [1000 W/kW]
QCAP ac
Auxiliary cooling coil capacity, Btu/hr [kW]
QLAT cl,ac
Auxiliary cooling coil latent component,
Btu/hr [W]
QSENS cl,ac
Auxiliary cooling coil sensible component,
Btu/hr [W]

If the user has overridden this calculated value by user entry to the Create Systems - Cooling Overrides screen, the user-entered value is
printed here.
The coil entering condition is a function of the room condition at the time of the coil peak.

CEDB ac = DSRMDB c + CETD ac


CEW ac = DSRMW ac
CEH ac = CEW ac * (CPWET*CEDB ac + HCONST) + CPDRY * CEDB ac
The coil leaving dry bulb is equal to the cooling supply air temperature at the time of the coil peak minus the fan heat component which
occurs downstream of the cooling coil:

CLDB ac = SADB ac - CLTD ac


The approximate coil leaving humidity ratio is found by solvingCLW
for ac in the enthalpy equation:

CLH ac = CLW ac * (CPWET*CLDB ac + HCONST) + CPDRY * CLDB ac


CLW ac = (CLH ac - CPDRY*CLDB ac ) / (CPWET*CLDB ac + HCONST)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 53d
CEDB ac
Auxiliary cooling coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
RF 34
CEH ac
Auxiliary cooling coil entering enthalpy, Btu/lbm
[kJ/kg]
RF 160
CETD ac
Temperature increase prior to coil due to supply
fan heat, F [C]
RF 53d
CEW ac
Auxiliary coil entering humidity ratio, grains [kg/kg]
RF 53d
CLDB ac
Auxiliary coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
RF 34
CLH ac
Auxiliary cooling coil leaving enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
RF 160
CLTD ac
Temperature increase due to fan heat after air
leaves coil, F [C]
RF 53d
CLW ac
Coil leaving humidity ratio, grains [kg/kg]
RF 34
CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]

19
RF 34

CPWET

RF 34

CWRT

RF 154d

DSRMW ac

RF 34
RF 34

HCONST
ROADB ac

RF 64

SADB ac

Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)


[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
Design room humidity ratio at time of auxiliary
cooling space peak, grains [kg/kg]
Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]
Return/outside air mixture dry bulb at time of
auxiliary coil peak, F [C]
Cold deck supply air temperature at time of
auxiliary coil peak, F [C]

Ref #35. Optional Ventilation Cooling Coil Capacity


The outside air condition at the time of the optional ventilation cooling coil peak is always going to equal the summer design point,
SDDB/SDWB. The summer design point defaults to the values found in the Weather Library unless overridden by user entry on the
Weather Overrides screen.
The coil entering and leaving conditions will depend on the location of the optional ventilation fan with respect to the coil bank, i.e.,

CEDB vc = SDDB + CETD ov


CEW vc = f(SDDB, SDWB)
CEH vc = (CEW vc /CWRT) * (CPWET*CEDB vc + HCONST) + CPDRY * CEDB vc
CLDB vc = SADB vc - CLTD ov
The coil leaving humidity ratio is found by following the coil curve from the coil entering CEDB
point, vc /CEW vc , to the coil leaving
dry bulb,CLDB vc .

CLW vc = f(CEDB vc , CEW vc , CLDB vc )


The corresponding coil leaving enthalpy is then given by:

CLH vc = (CLW vc /CWRT) * (CPWET * CLDB vc + HCONST) + CPDRY * CLDB vc


The design airflow through the optional ventilation coil is equal to the design value of outside airflow, but only if the optional ventilation
cooling coil has been scheduled on during the time of the main cooling space peak.

COILCF vc = DSOACF
The nominal capacity of the coil is a function of the enthalpy difference between the entering and leaving airstreams:

QCAP vc = HFAC * COILCF vc * (CEH vc - CLH vc ) / CONST


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 53d
CEDB vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil entering
dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 35
CEH vc
Auxiliary cooling coil entering enthalpy,
Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
RF 35
CETD ov
Temperature increase prior to coil due to supply
fan heat (also see Ref #160), F [C]
RF 53d
CEW vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil entering
humidity ratio, grains
EQ 53d
CLDB vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil leaving dry
bulb, F [C]
EQ 35
CLH vc
Auxiliary cooling coil leaving enthalpy,
Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
RF 35
CLTD ov
Temperature increase due to fan heat after air
leaves coil (also see Ref #160), F [C]
RF 53d
CLW vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil leaving
humidity ratio, grains
RF 53d
COILCF vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil airflow cfm,
[cms]

20
RF 33
RF 16

CONST
CPDRY

RF 16

CPWET

RF 35

CWRT

EQ 26

DSOACF

RF 35
EQ 18
EQ 17

HCONST
HFAC
K

EQ 35

QCAP vc

TR STYP

SADB vc

RF 10

SDDB

RF 11

SDWB

Units conversion
constant = 12,000 Btuh/ton [1000 W/kW]
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
Design outside air (ventilation) airflow,
cfm [cms]
Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]
3 ) [J-kg/(kJ-m 3 )]
Enthalpy factor, lbm-min/(hr-ft
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
Optional ventilation cooling coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]
Optional ventilation cooling coil design supply
air dry bulb, F [C]
Summer design dry bulb from Weather Library,
F [C]
Summer design wet bulb from Weather Library,
F [C]

Ref #36. Cooling Totals


The Total Cooling Capacity,QCAP c,tot , is the sum of all the cooling coil capacities, i.e.,

QCAP c,tot = QCAP c + QCAP ac + QCAP vc


Ref#
-------EQ 36
EQ 34
EQ 33
EQ 35

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCAP c,tot
Total cooling coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QCAP ac
Auxiliary cooling coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QCAP c
Main cooling coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QCAP vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]

Ref #37. Main Heating Coil Capacity


The main heating coil capacity is taken from the Main System Peak Heating Loads report. For an explicit calculation of the main heating
coil capacity, see Ref #79.
Regardless of whether the main heating coil also handles preheat or reheat modes, the preheat and reheat capacities are printed out
separately. Therefore, if the user is installing a single heating coil to handle both preheat and main heating modes, the user must sum the
two printed components manually.
If the user has overridden this calculated value by user entry on the Create Systems - Heating Overrides screen, the user-entered value is
printed here.

Ref #38. Auxiliary Heating Coil Capacity


This value will typically be zero since only a few of the standard system types (e.g., IND, INDFP, VAVBSK, and VAVFSK) utilize an
auxiliary heating coil.
The auxiliary heating coil can only handle room-level space heat losses and cannot be sized to handle the outside air load if ventilation is
brought through the return/outside air deck.
The auxiliary heating coil capacity is taken from the Auxiliary System Peak Heating Loads report. See Ref #79.
If the user has overridden this calculated value by user entry on the Create Systems - Heating Overrides screen, the user-entry value is
printed here.

Ref #39. Preheat Coil Capacity

21
The purpose of the preheat coil is typically to prevent the downstream cooling coil from freezing. The preheat coil capacity can be
combined with the main heating coil to allow a single coil to be used for both the preheat and regular modes. Only the preheat mode is
described in this section.
The preheat coil airflow is assumed to be equal to the return/outside airflow,
ROACFM c , at the time of the main cooling space peak
unless ROACFM c is zero.

COILCF ph = ROACFM c
IF (ROACFM c = 0) Then COILCF ph = ROACFM h
The preheat coil entering condition is based on the return/outside air condition at the time of the main heating coil peak.

IF (SADB vh is entered and SADB vh > WDDB)


Then OADB vh = SADB vh
Otherwise OADB vh = WDDB
IF (CLDECK ov = ROADK)
Then ROADB h = [(ROACFM c - DSOACF)*RADBT h + DSOACF*OADB vh ] / ROACFM c
Otherwise ROADB h = RADBT h
CEDB ph = ROADB h
The design preheat coil leaving dry bulb,
CLDB ph , initially defaults to the preheat minimum control point,
CLDB ph,min ,
specified on the Create Systems - Design Temperatures screen.CLDB
If
ph,min is not entered or is less than the preheat maximum
control point, CLDB ph,max , the value CLDB ph is set equal to CLDB ph,max . If neither CLDB ph,min nor
CLDB ph,max are entered, CLDB ph will default to the design economizer control point,
ECOPNT.

If (CLDB ph,min was entered) Then CLDB ph = CLDB ph,min


If (CLDB ph,max was entered and CLDB ph,max > CLDB ph,min ) Then
CLDB ph = CLDB ph,max
If (Neither CLDB ph,min nor CLDB ph,max was entered) Then
ECOPNT = DSADB c - (DRAWTD + BLOWTD + FDUCTD c + DUCTTD)
CLDB ph = ECOPNT
CLW ph = CEW ph
If the outside air dampers are located on the ROA deck, the preheat capacity will have to offset the heating load imposed on the preheat
coil by the ventilation heating load. This portion of the preheat capacity is represented by:

IF (CLDECK ov = ROADK)
Then QOAPH = K * DSOACF * (OADB
Otherwise QOAPH = 0

vh - CLDB ph )

The return air component of the preheat coil load is given by:

QRAPH = K * (ROACFM c - DSOACF) * (RADBT h - CLDB ph )


This component (QRAPH) may be a credit (heat gain) if the return air temperature is greater than the design preheat leaving temperature.
However, for VAV fan cooling systems, the return air component is not allowed to reduce the preheat coil capacity since the return
airflow may be zero during actual TRACE 600 System Simulation of heating months (e.g., when the part load cooling airflow equals the
design ventilation airflow).

IF (CTCNTL = VAV) Then


QCAP ph = QOAPH
IF (QRAPH ph < 0) QCAP ph = QOAPH + QRAPH
IF (CTCNTL does not = VAV) then
QCAP ph = K * COILCF ph * (CEDB ph - CLDB ph )
If the preheat coil sizing method,CLSIZE ph , has been specified as "COMBINED", the preheat coil capacity -- although printed out
separately from the main heating coil capacity -- is included in the main heating coil capacity during the TRACE 600 System Simulation.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 160
BLOWTD
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream

22
RF 53f
RF 53f
TR SADB
RF 53f
TR STYP

CEDB ph
CEW ph
CLDB ph,min
CLDB ph,max
CLDB ph
CLDECK ov

TB
RF
RF
RF

CLSIZE ph
CLW ph
COILCF ph
COMBINED

2.4
53f
53f
39

TB 2.8
EQ 161

CTCNTL
DRAWTD

EQ 57
EQ 26
EQ 165f

DSADB c
DSOACF
DUCTTD

EQ 39
EQ 162f

ECOPNT
FDUCTD c

EQ 17

RF
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

OADB vh
QCAP ph
QOAPH
QRAPH
RADBT h

39
39
39
39
153

EQ 147

ROACFM c

EQ 147

ROACFM h

RF 53i

ROADB h

EQ 39

ROADK

EQ 39

ROAW h

RF 39

VAV

EQ 12

WDDB

prior to the main cooling coil, F [C]


Preheat coil entering dry Air bulb, F [C]
Preheat coil entering humidity ratio, grains
Minimum preheat control point, F [C]
Maximum preheat control point, F [C]
Preheat coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
Ventilation deck location (Default = ROADK
except for Systems UV and RAD which default
to ROOMDK). Can also be overridden by user
entry on the Create Systems - Options screen.
Preheat coil sizing method
Preheat coil leaving humidity ratio, grains
Preheat coil airflow, cfm [cms]
Acronym indicating that preheat coil capacity is
combined with that of the main heating coil
Cooling terminal control method
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
after coil, F [C]
Design main cold deck supply air temperature, F [C]
Design outside air (ventilation) airflow, cfm [cms]
Supply/return duct heat gain temperature
difference, F [C]
Design economizer control point, F [C]
Temperature increase in the supply air due to
duct friction loss, F [C]
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/( m 3 -C)]
Ventilation deck winter design temperature, F
Preheat coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
Ventilation portion of preheat capacity, Btu-hr(W)
Return air portion of preheat capacity, Btu-hr(W)
Return air dry bulb at time of main heating coil
peak, F [C]
Supply airflow routed through the return/outside
deck at the time of the main cooling space peak,
cfm [cms]
Supply airflow routed through the return/outside
deck at time of heating peak, cfm [cms]
Return/outside air mixture dry bulb
at time of main heating coil peak, F [C]
Acronym indicating that the outside air dampers
are located on the return/outside air deck
just prior to the main cooling/heating coil
Return/outside air mixture humidity ratio at the
time of the main heating coil peak, grains
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a VAV box
Winter design dry bulb
, F [C]

A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Design Airflow Quantities, Main System Peak
Cooling Loads, Building Envelope Loads, and System Psychrometrics reports.
The design preheat coil airflow for a PFPVAV system is equal to the return/outside airflow at the time of the main cooling space peak, i.e.,

COILCF ph = ROACFM c = DSCFM c

(see RF 27)

The outside air dampers are located on the return/outside deck, so:

ROADB h = [(ROACFM c - DSOACF) *

RADBT h

+ DSOACF

WDDB]

/ ROACFM

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= [(RF 147) - (RF 26) * (EQ 153) + (RF 26) * (RF 12)] / (RF 147)
CEDB ph = ROADB h
If neither CLDB ph,min nor CLDB ph,max was entered:

23
ECOPNT = DSADB c

(BLOWTD

DRAWTD

FRDUCT

c +

DUCTTD)

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 57) - [(RF 160) + (RF 161) + (RF 162) + (RF 165)]
CLDB ph = ECOPNT
The ventilation and return air components of the preheat capacity can then be found:

QOAPH =

* DSOACF

(WDDB

- CLDB

ph )

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 17) * (RF 26) * [(RF 12) - (EQ 39)]


and

QRAPH =

(ROACFM

- DSOACF)

(RADBT

CLDB ph )

these values are retrie


ved from the following sources

= (RF 17) * [(RF 147) - (RF 26)] * [(EQ 153) - (EQ 39)]
Since PFPVAV is a variable air volume fan system, we ignore the QRAPH component if it is positive:

QCAP ph = QOAPH
If this had been a constant volume fan system, the preheat capacity would have been reduced by the positive QRAPH component, e.g.,

QCAP ph = QOAPH + QRAPH


As a check, use the following equation:

QCAP ph =

* COILCF ph * (CEDB ph - CLDB ph )

However, the heating load due to the return air load does not necessarily disappear since the preheat coil only heats the return outside air to
CLDB ph . Either a reheat coil (for VAV systems) or a main heating coil located further downstream must still reheat the leaving
preheat coil airflow to the design room heating dry bulb. See Ref #79.
Table 2.4 Preheat Coil Characteristics

System Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV

Sizing Method
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
NO-COIL
SEPARATE
SEPARATE

Level Location
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

Deck Location
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

SAME-CC
SAME-CC

ROADK
ROADK

24
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

COMBINED
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
NO-COIL
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
COMBINED

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

Ref #40. Reheat Coil Capacity


The system reheat coil capacity is taken from the Airflow Heating Loads at Time of Coil Peak. See Ref #138.
If the reheat coil sizing method,CLSIZE rh , has been specified as "COMBINED" (see Table 2.5), the reheat coil capacity -although printed out separately -- is included in the main heating coil capacity during the TRACE 600 System Simulation.
If the user has overridden this calculated value by user entry on the Create Systems - Heating Overrides screen, the user-entered value is
printed here.

Ref #41. Humidification Capacity


The system humidification coil capacity is taken from the Airflow Heating Loads at Time of Coil Peak. See Ref #140.

Ref #42. Optional Ventilation Heating Coil Capacity


The system optional ventilation heating coil capacity is taken from the Airflow Heating Loads at Time of Coil Peak. See Ref #136.
Table 2.5 Reheat Coil Characteristics

System Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV

Sizing Method
COMBINED
COMBINED
NO-COIL
COMBINED
NO-COIL
SEPERATE
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
COMBINED
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
COMBINED
NO-COIL
COMBINED
COMBINED
SEPARATE
NO-COIL

Level Location Deck Location


ROOM
ROOMDK
ROOM
SAME-CC
ROOM

CDECK

ROOM

B-DECKS

ROOM

B-DECKS

ROOM

SAME-CC

ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
B-DECKS

25
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

COMBINED
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
NO-COIL
NO-COIL

ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

ROOMDK
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

Ref #43. Heating Totals


The Total Heating Capacity,QCAP h,tot , is the sum of all the heating coil capacities, i.e.,

QCAP h,tot = QCAP h + QCAP ah + QCAP ph + QCAP vh + QCAP rh + QCAP hm


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 38
QCAP ah
Auxiliary heating coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 37
QCAP h
Main heating coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 41
QCAP hm
Humidification coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 39
QCAP ph
Preheat coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 40
QCAP rh
Reheat coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 43
QCAP h,tot
Total heating capacity, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 42
QCAP vh
Optional ventilation heating coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]
Ref #200. Building Peak Month/Hour/Load
Above, the design cooling load is displayed for each system (based on sum-of-peaks or block load) along with the month and hour in
which it occurred. Here, the block cooling load for the entire building is displayed. This would be used to design the capacity of a
central plant that serves multiple systems.

26

2.2.3 ENGINEERING CHECKS


Use this report to quickly review general heating and cooling values for each room, zone, and system. These values are based on fan and
coil capacities relative to building floor area.
System Type acronyms are listed with the accompanying description in Appendix A of this manual.
Ref #44. Cooling and HeatingPercent Outside (or Ventilation) Air

PCTOA = (DSOACF / DSCFM) x 100


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 27,28 DSCFM
Supply air quantity, equal to DSCFM
c for cooling
only or cooling/heating systems, equal to
DSCFM h for heating-only systems, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
DSOACF
Outside air quantity, cfm [cms]
EQ 44
PCTOA
Percent outside air, %
Ref #45. Cooling Airflow per unit floor area
2
This value will normally vary between 0.5 to 1.5 cfm/ft
[.00025 - .0076 cms/m2].

VCPA = DSCFM c / AREA fl


Ref#
-------EQ 51
EQ 27
EQ 45

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
DSCFM c
Cooling air quantity, cfm [cms]
2 [cms/m 2 ]
VCPA
Cooling airflow per floor area, cfm/ft

Ref #46. Cooling airflow per unit cooling capacity


This value will normally vary between 300 to 600 cfm/ton [.04 -.08 cms/kW].

VCPT = DSCFMc / (QCAP c + QCAP vc )


Ref#
-------EQ 27
EQ 33
EQ 35
EQ 46

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSCFM c
Cooling supply airflow, cfm [cms]
QCAP c
Main cooling coil capacity, tons [kW]
QCAP vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]
VCPT
Airflow per unit cooling capacity, cfm/ton [cms/kW]

Ref #47. Floor Area per unit Cooling Capacity


This value typically varies between 350 to 500
ft2/ton [9.25 - 13.2 m2/kW].

APT = AREA fl / (QCAP c + QCAP vc )


Ref#
-------EQ 51
EQ 47
EQ 33
EQ 35

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
2 /ton [m 2 /kW]
APT
Area per unit cooling capacity, ft
QCAP c
Main cooling coil capacity, tons [kW]
QCAP vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]

Ref #48. Cooling Heat Gain per Unit Floor Area


2
This value normally varies between 24 to 34 Btuh/ft
[75.7 - 107.2 W/m2].

27
HGPA = (QCAP c + QCAP vc ) x CONST / AREA fl
Ref#
-------EQ 51
RF 48
EQ 48
EQ 33
EQ 35

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
CONST
Units conversion
constant = 12,000 Btuh/ton [1000 W/kW]
2 [W/m 2 ]
HGPA
Heat gain per unit floor area, Btuh/ft
QCAP c
Main cooling coil capacity, tons [kW]
QCAP vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]

Ref #49. Heating Airflow per unit floor area


2
This value normally will vary between 0.25 to 0.75 cfm/ft
[.00127 -.0038 cms/m2].

VHPA = DSCFM h / AREA fl


Ref#
-------EQ 51
EQ 28
EQ 49

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
DSCFM h
Main heating airflow, cfm [cms]
2 [cms/m 2 ]
VHPA
Heating airflow per floor area, cfm/ft

Ref #50. Heat Loss per Unit Floor Area


2
This value normally varies between 10 to 50 Btuh/ft
[31.5 - 158 W/m2].

HLPA = (QCAP h + QCAP vh ) * CONST / AREA fl


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 51
AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
RF 50
CONST
Units conversion
constant = 1 [1000 W/kW]
2 [W/m 2 ]
EQ 50
HLPA
Heat loss per unit floor area, Btuh/ft
EQ 37,79 QCAP h
Main heating coil capacity, Btuh [kW]
EQ 42
QCAP vh
Optional ventilation heating coil capacity,
Btu/hr [W]
Ref #51. Floor Area
Floor area is the sum of the individual room floor areas serving a particular system. Since exposed floor area is already included in
AREA fl it is ignored in the summation. Units areft 2 [m 2 ]. Also see Ref #186.

28

2.3.1 PEAK COOLING LOADS


Ref #51. Floor Area
Floor area is the sum of the individual room floor areas serving a particular system. Since exposed floor area is already included in
AREA fl it is ignored in the summation. Units areft 2 [m 2 ]. Also see Ref #186.
Ref #54. PeakMonth/Hour (at time of the space cooling peak)
This is the time of the year when the space sensible cooling component (defined in Ref #55) peaked. The time of the space peak is
important since it is used to calculate design airflows and size the fan. This peak can only occur between the first and last months of the
cooling simulation period defined on the Load Parameters screen. The hour of occurrence can be fixed by user entry on the Load
Parameters screen (Peak Cooling Load Hour); otherwise, the program will determine the hour of the peak for each room, block zone, and
block system load.
If the time of the peak seems unusual (e.g. solar heat gain is occurring during the nighttime) it is likely that the latitude and longitude have
inadvertently been switched or an incorrect time zone number has been entered in a user-generated Weather Library
.

Ref #55.

Outside Air Condition (at time of the space cooling peak)

OADB sp,c

Outside air dry bulb temperature at time of the space sensible cooling peak, F [C]

OAWB sp,c

Outside air wet bulb temperature at time of the space sensible cooling peak, F [C]

The outside air condition at the time the space sensible peak may not equal the summer design condition since the ventilation load is not
used directly in the calculation of the space sensible load. (The exception is when the ventilation air is dumped directly into the space, i.e.
CLDECK ov = ROOMDK; however, if this ventilation air is pre-cooled, the space load effect will be a negative constant and therefore
not affect the time of the space peak.)
Even for skin-dominated buildings, the thermal flywheel effect combined with solar-influenced envelope temperatures may cause the peak
load seen by the fan system to occur earlier or later than the time of the dry bulb peak. For solar-dominated buildings the room, zone, or
system block peak will occur near the time of the solar peak. For example, a south-facing room in the northern hemisphere may peak in
early afternoon in September.
The internal loads will sometimes determine the time of the peak if scheduled on for only parts of a day or a portion of the year.
NOTE: The Ventilation Methodology option (user-definable on the Load Parameters screen) only affects the psychrometric calculation of
supply air dry bulb and has no effect on the time of the room, zone, or system load peaks.

Ref #56. Design Room Dry Bulb for Cooling (at time of the space peak)
The Design Room Dry Bulb Cooling,DSRMDB c , is user defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. If the room dry bulb varies
by room within a particular system and the main cooling coil is located at either the zone or system level, the value
DSRMDB
of c used
during psychrometrics will equal the average design room temperature weighted by the floor areas of the rooms assigned to that zone or
system. The zone or system return air temperature, however, will be weighted by the return airflow from each room.

Ref #57.

Supply Air Dry Bulb for Cooling (at time of the space peak)

Depending upon the type of Load and System information entered, the design cooling supply air dry(DSADB
bulb
c ) may already be
known; for example, the supply air dry bulb may be fixed as a result of user entry on the Create Systems - Design Temperatures screen or
the supply airflow may be known as a result of user entry on the Create Rooms - Airflows screen. (The supply air dry bulb can also be
fixed at the room level if, for example, the cooling coil is located at the system level. In this case, all rooms and zones assigned to that
system will receive a fixed supply air temperature from the coil located at the system level. Zone-level cooling coils are treated in a similar
manner.) Each case is treated differently as illustrated in the text that follows.
Case I. Neither DSADB c nor DSCFM c is known.

1. The Psychrometric algorithm is called to determine the appropriate


DSADB c and DSCFM c given the design room relative
humidity.

29
2. If the calculated value ofDSCFM c is less than MINCFM c , DSCFM c is set equal toMINCFM c and Case III is
processed.

Case II. DSADB c is known but DSCFM c is unknown.


1. The Psychrometric algorithm is called to determine the appropriate
DSCFM c and a new value of design room relative humidity.
2. If the calculated value ofDSCFM c is less than MINCFM c , DSCFM c is set equal to MINCFM c and Case IV is
processed.
Case III. DSADB c is unknown, but DSCFM c is known.
1. The space sensible load,QSENSP sp,c , is calculated for the known value ofDSCFM c .
2. DSADB c is calculated:

DSADB c = DSRMDB c - QSENSP sp,c / (DSCFM c * K)


3. The Psychrometric algorithm is called to determine the new value of design room relative humidity.
Case IV. Both DSADB c and DSCFM c are known.
1. If a reheat coil is available, the amount of over/undersizing,
QSIZE, is calculated. QSIZE is added to

QSENSP sp,c .
2. The Psychrometric algorithm is called to determine the a new value of design room relative humidity.
The psychrometric procedure is described in the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602).

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 57
DSADB c
Design supply air temperature cooling, F [C]
EQ 56
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 58,27 DSCFM c
Main cooling supply fan airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -f) [J/m 3 ]
EQ 59
QSENSP sp,c
Cooling space sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 132
QSIZE
Over or under sizing energy, Btu/hr [W]
Ref #58. Space Cooling Airflow (at time of the space peak)
For main cooling airflow the room-level calculation sequence is as follows:
A minimum cooling supply airflow,MINCFM c , is defined whenever supply airflow units of ACH-HR, CFM-P, CFM-SF, LPS-P, or
LPS-SM are specified, i.e.,

MINCFM c = FANVAL c * CONV air


Note that MINCFM c represents the minimum size of the terminal box rather than the minimum operating airflow, i.e., this value
is ignored by the TRACE 600 System Simulation.
If a minimum stop is located over the cold deck (RHTLOC = CDECK) during cooling design or over both decks (RHTLOC = BDECKS), then the minimum supply airflow is compared against the reheat airflow. If the reheat airflow units have been entered as a
percent, then this comparison is not done.

If RHCFM > MINCFM c then MINCFM c = RHCFM


If ventilation is routed through the ROA deck
(CLDECK ov = ROADK),
value of ventilation airflow.

the current value of MINCFM c is compared to the

If OACFM > MINCFM c then MINCFM c = OACFM


If the main supply airflow units acronym is entered as "CFM" or "LPS" then
DSCFM c = FANVAL c ; otherwise, the main supply
airflow is calculated based on the Fan Sizing Method components listedTable
in 2.6, i.e.,

30
DSCFM c = QSENSP sp,c / [K * (DSRMDB c - DSADB c )]
If DSCFM c is less than MINCFM c then DSCFM c is set equal to MINCFM c .

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 2.2
CONV air
Airflow conversion multiplier
EQ 57
DSADB c
Design supply air temperature cooling, F [C]
EQ 56
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 58,27 DSCFM c
Main cooling supply fan airflow, cfm [cms]
FANVAL c
Main cooling fan airflow value
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -f) [J/m 3 ]
RF 53g
MINCFM c
Minimum design value of main cooling airflow,
cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OACFM
Outside air brought through the ROA deck,
cfm [cms]
TR LSCH
PCTRH t
Reheat utilization percent this hour, %
EQ 59
QSENSP sp,c
Cooling space sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 137
RHCFM
Reheat airflow, cfm [cms]
TR OACF
RHVAL
Reheat airflow value
The value of cooling supply airflow may be different than the load-calculated value if any of the following conditions exist:

-- The heating supply airflow (see Ref #28) is greater for a single duct system (i.e. fan coils) since the same fan is used to handle both the
cooling or heating needs.
-- The user-defined value of minimum airflow (cooling airflow units ACH HR, CFM-P, CFM-SF, LPS-P, or LPS-SM have been specified)
is greater. (Also see Ref #58.)
-- The outside air dampers are located on the return/outside air deck (ROADK) and the outside air quantity is greater.
-- The value of cooling supply airflow has been user defined onCreate
the Systems - Fan Overrides
screen.
-- The Block Fan Airflow has been user defined on the
Create Systems - Fan Overrides
screen. (This will only work when the fan sizing
method from Table 2.7 equals BLOCK or BLK
-INT.)
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Main System Peak Cooling Loads report. The
design cooling supply airflow for a PFPVAV system occurs at the time of the main cooling space peak, i.e.,

DSCFM c = QSENSP sp,c / [

* (DSRMDB c - DSADB c )]

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 59)

/ (RF 17) * [(RF 56) - (RF 57)]

Had this been a constant volume fan system, the design cooling airflow calculation would have used the sum-of-the-peaks

QSENSP sp,c .
Ref #59.

Space Sensible Cooling Load (at time of the space peak)

The space sensible load,QSENSP sp,c , is used to calculate cooling supply airflow.

2
QSENSP sp,c = QSPACE c,i
i=1
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 59
QSENSP sp,c
Cooling space sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
TB 2.6 QSPACE c,i
Cooling space sensible load components,
Btu/hr [W]
The room space sensible load (less skin conduction),
QRMSLD sp,c , is given by:

QRMSLD sp,c = QPEOPS t + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp + QLITES t,sp +
QINFS + QCEIL + QVENTS sp + QRSPAC
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- -----------------------------------------------

31
EQ 96

QCEIL

EQ 108

QSOL gl,sp

EQ 120
EQ 80

QINFS
QLITES t,sp

EQ 86

QMISC t,sp

EQ 124
EQ 83
EQ 97

QVENTS sp
QPEOPS t
QSOL sk,sp

EQ 59
EQ 66

QRMSLD sp,c
QRSPAC

Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]


Btu/hr [W]
Wall glass solar heat gain seen by
space, Btu/hr [W]
Infiltration sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
Portion of lighting heat gain originally
assigned as a space load, Btu/hr [W]
Space sensible miscellaneous heat gain,
Btu/hr [W]
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
People sensible heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
Skylight solar heat gain seen by space at the time
of the cooling space peak, Btu/hr [W]
Room (space) sensible load less skin conduction,
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD) which
becomes a space load if the total return
airflow is zero, Btu/hr [W]

Table 2.6 Fan Load Components by Sizing Method

Coil Type
Main

Sizing Method
BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

Aux

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

QSPACEc,i
QRMSLDsp,c QWCONDsp,c
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Sizing Method default values are listed in Table 2.7

The external conduction load into the space,QWCOND sp,c , is the "skin" portion of the sensible space load. (NOTE:
QWCOND sp,c does not include the ceiling load,QCEIL, which is included in the QINT component.)

QWCOND sp,c = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt + QCOND xf
Ref#
-------EQ 111
EQ 117
EQ 94
EQ 102
EQ 106
EQ 115
EQ 59

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCOND gl,sp
Wall glass space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,sp
Nonglass roof conduction load to space,
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,sp
Nonglass wall space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND xf
Exposed floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
Btu/hr [W]
QWCOND sp,c
External conduction load into the space at the,
time of the cooling space peak, Btu/hr [W]

1
Table 2.7 Cooling Fan Characteristics
System
Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV

Sizing
Method
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
BLOCK

Main Cooling Fan


Level Location Deck Location Fan
Config
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
DRAW
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
DRAW
SAME-CC
ROADK
BLOW
SAME-CC
ROADK
DRAW
SAME-CC
ROADK
BLOW
SAME-CC
ROADK
BLOW

Auxiliary. Cooling Fan


Sizing Method Deck Location Fan
Config
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW
LARGEST
RM-WALL
BLOW

32
FC
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

PEAK
BLOCK
BLOCK
PEAK
SKIN
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
NO-FAN
PEAK
BLOCK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
BLOCK
NO-FAN
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLK-INT
BLOCK
PEAK
PEAK

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
ROADK
SAME-CC

BLOW
DRAW
DRAW
BLOW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
BLOW

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

ROADK
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC

DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
DRAW
BLOW

LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST

RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL

BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW

Auxiliary Fan Coil level location defaults to ROOM.

A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Internal Cooling Loads, Building Envelope Loads,
and Airflow Cooling Loads reports.
From Table 2.7 we see that the main cooling fan sizing method for PFPVAV is BLOCK. This allows us to select the appropriate fan
load components from Table 2.6, i.e.,

2
QSENSP sp,c = QSPACE c,i = QRMSLD sp,c + QWCOND sp,c
i=1
where

QRMSLD sp,c = QPEOPS t + QLITES t,sp + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp
QINFS
+ QCEIL
+ QVENTS
sp + QRSPAC

these values are retrieved from the


following sources

= (RF 83) + (RF 80)


(RF 120)+ (RF 96)

+ (RF 86)
+ (EQ 124)

+ (RF 97)
+ (EQ 66)

+ (RF 108)

and

QWCOND sp,c = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt
+ QCOND xf
these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 106)
(RF 117)
Ref #60.

+ (RF 111)
+ (RF 115)

+ (RF 102)

+ (RF 94)

Space Latent Cooling Load (at time of the space sensible peak)

When the fan sizing method (see Table 2.7) has been defined as SKIN, the space latent load will be zero since the skin conduction loads
have no latent component; otherwise, the space latent load will include people, miscellaneous, infiltration, and any latent due to ventilation
air being dumped directly into the space:

33
If (FNSIZE c = SKIN) then
Then QLAT sp,c = 0
Otherwise QLAT sp,c = QPEOPL t + QMISCL t,sp + QVENTL t,sp + QINFL t + QLSPAC t
Ref#
-------TB 2.7
EQ 121
EQ 60
EQ 60

EQ 87
EQ 125
RF 84

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------FNSIZE c
Main cooling fan sizing method
QINFL t
Infiltration latent load, Btu/hr [W]
QLAT sp,c
Space latent heat gain at time of the space peak,
Btu/hr [W]
QLSPAC t
The portion of the miscellaneous latent heat gain
originally assigned to the return air. It becomes a
space latent heat gain if the return airflow is zero,
Btu/hr [W]
QMISCL t,sp
Misc latent heat gain assigned to space, Btu/hr [W]
QVENTL t,sp
Ventilation latent load imposed on space by the
optional ventilation coil, Btu/hr [W]
QPEOPL t
People latent heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
SKIN
Acronym indicating that fan is be sized
according to the skin conduction load

QLSPAC t is the portion of the miscellaneous latent heat gain that was originally assigned to the return air. It becomes a space latent heat
gain if the return airflow is zero.

QLSPAC t = QMISCL t * PCTMRA


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TRMISC
PCTMRA
Percent of miscellaneous heat gain that is assigned to
the return air path, %
EQ 60
QLSPAC t
The portion of the miscellaneous latent heat gain
originally assigned to the return air. It becomes a
space latent heat gain if the return airflow is zero
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 5.32* QMISCL t
Miscellaneous latent heat gain assigned to the return
air, Btu/hr [W]

* This equation number refers to the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602)
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Internal Cooling Loads, Building Envelope Loads,
and Airflow Cooling Loads reports.

QLAT sp,c = QPEOPL t + QMISCL t,sp + QVENTL t,sp + QINFL t

+ QLSPAC t

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 84) + (RF 87)


Ref #61.

+ (EQ 125)

+ (RF 121) + (EQ 60)

Peak Month/Hour (at time of the cooling coil peak)

This is the time of the year when the cooling coil peaks. This peak is important since it is used to size the cooling coil. It is unlikely that
both the space peak and the coil peak will occur during the same hour and month since they are based on different load components, i.e.,

QSENSP sp,c vs (QSENS cl,c + QLAT cl,c ).


The coil peak can only occur between the first and last months of the cooling simulation period defined on the Load Parameters screen.
The hour of occurrence can be fixed by user entry on the Load Parameters screen (Peak Cooling Load Hour); otherwise, the program will
determine the hour of the peak for each room, block zone, and block system load.
If the time of the peak seems unusual (e.g. solar heat gain is occurring during the nighttime) it is likely that the latitude and longitude have
inadvertently been switched or an incorrect time zone number has been entered in a user-generated Weather Library.
The internal loads will sometimes determine the time of the peak if scheduled on for only parts of a day or a portion of the year.

Ref #62.

Outside Air Condition (at time of the cooling coil peak)

OADB cl,c

Outside air dry bulb temperature at time of cooling coil peak, F [C]

34
OAWB cl,c

Outside air wet bulb temperature at time of cooling coil peak, F [C]

The outside air condition at the time the air conditioning peak will rarely equal the summer design condition unless the ventilation load
dominates. Even for skin-dominated buildings, the thermal flywheel effect combined with solar-influenced envelope temperatures may
cause the peak load seen by the air conditioning system to occur earlier or later than the time of the dry bulb peak. For solar-dominated
buildings the room, zone, or system block peak will occur near the time of the solar peak. For example, a south-facing room in the
northern hemisphere may peak in mid afternoon in October.
NOTE: the Ventilation Methodology (user-definable on the Load Parameters screen) only affects the psychrometric calculation of supply
air dry bulb and has no effect on the time of the room, zone, or system load peaks.

Ref #63.

Design Room Dry Bulb for Cooling (at time of the coil peak)

The Design Room Dry Bulb Cooling,DSRMDB c , is user defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. If the room dry bulb varies
by room within a particular system and the main cooling coil is located at either the zone or system level, the value
DSRMDB
of c used
during psychrometrics will equal the average design room temperature weighted by the floor areas of the rooms assigned to that zone or
system. The zone or system return air temperature, however, will be weighted by the return airflow from each room.

Ref #64.

Supply Air Dry Bulb for Cooling (at time of the coil peak)

The supply air dry bulb at the time of the coil peak will always be greater than or equal to the supply air dry bulb at the time of the space
peak. For example, an east-facing room needs the greatest amount of cooling airflow (for a VAV system) or the coolest supply air
temperature (for a constant volume system) in the morning hours; however, the cooling coil serving that room may peak in the afternoon
when the ventilation load is near its peak. If the coil does peak in the afternoon when the space sensible load is less, it will either increase
the supply air temperature (for a constant volume system) or decrease the airflow (for a VAV system).

If (CTCNTL = VAV or CTCNTL = BPVAV)


Then SADB cl,c = DSADB c
Otherwise SADB cl,c = DSRMDB c - QSENSP cl,c / (DSCFM c * K)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 64
BPVAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a bypass VAV box
TB 2.8
CTCNTL
Cooling terminal control method
EQ 57
DSADB c
Design supply air dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 27
DSCFM c
Design cooling airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 56
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 59
QSENSP cl,c
Space sensible load at time of cooling coil
peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 64
SADB cl,c
Supply air dry bulb at time of cooling coil
peak, F [C]
RF 64
VAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a VAV box
Table 2.8 Cooling/Heating Terminal Characteristics

System Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP

Main Control
Cooling
Heating
BPVAV
RAD
BPVAV
VTCV
CVMXBPRH CVMXBPRH
CVTCYCL
VTCV
NA
RAD
VAV
VAV
VTCV
VTCV
CVTCYCL
VTCV
CTCV
CTCV
CTCV
CTCV

Auxiliary Control
Cooling
Heating
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
RAD
INDUCTN
INDUCTN
INDUCTN
INDUCTN

35
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

CVMIXHC
VAV
VAV
CVTCYCL
NA
CVMIXHC
VAV
CVTCYCL
BPVAV
CTCV
VAV
NA
VAV
VAV
VAV
VAV
VTCV
CVTCYCL

CVMIXHC
PARALLEL
PARALLEL
VTCV
RAD
CVMIXHC
SERIES
VTCV
SERIES
VTCV
VAV
CTVCYCL
RAD
NA
NA
RAD
VTCV
VTCV

VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
RAD
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV

RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
RAD
VTCV
VTCV
VTCV
RAD

A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Main System Peak Cooling Loads, Internal Cooling
Loads, Building Envelope Loads, and Airflow Cooling Loads reports.
Referring to Table 2.8Since a terminal box of the PFPVAV system receives a constant temperature of cold deck air, the supply air
temperature at the time of coil peak will equal the design cooling supply air dry bulb, i.e.,

Since CTCNTL = VAV (Table 2.8) then SADB

cl,c = DSADB c = 62.7 F

(RF 67)

By comparison, a non-VAV terminal box will supply slightly warmer air to the space at the time of the coil peak either by varying the
temperature of the air leaving the main cooling coil or by mixing the cold deck air with hot deck air. Had this been such a case, the
program will first calculate the space sensible load at the time of the coil peak using the same equation as Ref #59.
Using the information from the time of the cooling coil peak:

QRMSLD

= QPEOPS t + QLITES t,sp + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp +


QINFS
+ QCEIL
+ QVENTS sp + QRSPAC

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 83) + (RF 80)


(RF 120)+ (RF 96)
QWCOND

+ (RF 86)
+ (EQ 124)

+ (RF 97)
+ (EQ 66)

+ (RF 108) +

= QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +


QCOND pt
+ QCOND xf

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 106)
(RF 117)

+ (RF 111)
+ (RF 115)

+ (RF 102)

+ (RF 94)

Then

QSENSP cl,c

= QRMSLD sp,c + QWCOND sp,c

SADB cl,c = DSRMDB c - QSENSP cl,c / (DSCFM c * K)


these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 56) - (see above)/ (RF 58) * (RF 17)


Ref #65. Cooling Coil Airflow (at time of the coil peak)

36
The amount of cooling airflow at the time of the coil peak will depend on whether the system type is constant volume or VAV. For
example, an east-facing room needs the greatest amount of cooling airflow (for a VAV system) or the coolest supply air temperature (for a
constant volume system) in the morning hours; however, the cooling coil serving that room may peak in the afternoon when the
ventilation load is near its peak. If the coil does peak in the afternoon when the space sensible load is less, it can either increase the supply
air temperature (for a constant volume system) or decrease the airflow (for a VAV system).

If (CTCNTL = VAV)
Then CFM cl,c = QSENSP cl,c / [K * (DSRMDB c - DSADB c )]
Otherwise CFM cl,c = DSCFM c
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 65
BPVAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a bypass VAV box
TB 2.8
CTCNTL
Cooling terminal control method
EQ 65
CFM cl,c
Cooling supply airflow at time of cooling coil
peak, F [C]
EQ 57
DSADB c
Design supply air dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 27
DSCFM c
Design cooling airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 56
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 59
QSENSP cl,c
Space sensible load at time of cooling coil
peak, Btu/hr [W]
RF 65
VAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a shutoff VAV box
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Main System Peak Cooling Loads report.
Since PFPVAV uses a variable volume fan for cooling (CTCNTL from Table 2.8), some of the rooms will see less cooling supply airflow
at the time of the coil peak. Using the space sensible load at the time of the coil peak (calculated in the sample for Ref #64):

CFM cl,c = QSENSP cl,c / [

* (DSRMDB c - DSADB c )]

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (EQ 59)
Ref #66.

/ [(RF 17)* (RF 56)

- (RF 57)

Cooling Coil Sensible Load

The cooling coil psychrometrics are calculated using load components from the time of the space sensible peak, except for the outside air
condition, which is based on the time of the coil capacity peak. (It is also possible to force the main cooling coil psychrometrics to use the
outside air condition at the summer design point, SDDB/SDWB, by specifying the Ventilation Methodology as "OAHIGH" on the Load
Parameters screen.)
The psychrometric procedure yields a design cooling supply air dry bulb,
DSADB c , and a corresponding room humidity ratio,
DSRMW c , for each main cooling coil. This value of
DSRMW c is then used to recalculate all latent air loads at the time of the coil peak.

The nominal cooling coil sensible capacity is then given by:

4
QSENS cl,c = QLOADS c,i + QFAN c + QSIZE c + QSDUCT c
i=1
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 143
QFANc
Cooling fan heat added to supply airstream,
Btu/hr [W]
TB 2.9
QLOADS c,i
Cooling coil sensible load components, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRASLD cl,c
Sensible component of return air load at the time
of the coil peak, Btu/hr[W]
EQ 66
QRMSLD cl,c
Room (space) sensible load at time of coil peak,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 142
QSDUCT c
Supply duct heat pickup, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QSENS cl,c
Cooling coil sensible component, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 132
QSIZE c
Extra sensible load required by cooling coil

37

EQ 124

QVENTSroa

EQ 66

QWCOND cl,c

Table 2.9

because of user-defined oversizing of room


supply airflow, Btu/hr [W]
Sensible ventilation load imposed on the
return/oa deck, Btu/hr [W]
External conduction load into the space at the
time of the coil peak, Btu/hr [W]

Cooling Coil Load Sensible Components by Sizing Method

Coil Type

Sizing Method 1

Main

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

QRMSLDcl,c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Aux

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

QLOADS c,i
QWCONDcl,c QVENTSroa
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No

QRASLDcl,c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
No
No
No
No

No
No
No
No
No

See Table 2.10 for a listing of default values

Table 2.10 Main and Auxiliary Cooling Coil Characteristics

System
Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

Sizing
Method
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLOCK
PEAK
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLOCK
PEAK
SKIN
SKIN
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLOCK
PEAK
NO-COIL
PEAK
BLOCK
PEAK
BLOCK
PEAK
BLOCK
NO-COIL
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLOCK
BLOCK
PEAK
PEAK

Main Cooling Coil


Level
Deck
Location
Location
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
ROOM
ROADK
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
ROOM
RDOAK
ROOM
ROADK
SYSTEM
ROADK
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
SYSTEM
CDECK
ROOM
ROADK
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ZONE
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM

ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ZONE
ROOM

ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

Auxiliary Cooling Coil


Sizing Method Level
Deck Location
Location
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
PK-INT
ROOM
RM-WALL
PK-INT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL
AS-INPUT
ROOM
RM-WALL

38
The room internal sensible load, QRMSLD, does not include the external conduction (i.e. skin) load since the user has the option of sizing
the cooling coil with or without the skin component.

QRMSLD cl,c = QPEOPS t + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp + QLITES t,sp +
QINFS t + QCEIL t + QVENTS t,sp + QRSPAC t
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 96
QCEIL t
Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 108
QSOL gl,sp
Hourly wall glass solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 120
QINFS t
Infiltration sensible load, Btuh [W]
EQ 80
QLITES t,sp
Portion of lighting heat gain originally assigned
as a space load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 86
QMISCS t,sp
Space sensible miscellaneous heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTS t,p
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 83
QPEOPS t
People sensible heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRMSLD cl,c
Room (space) sensible load at time of coil peak,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRSPAC t
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD) which
becomes a space load if the total return
airflow is zero, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 97
QSOL sk,sp
Hourly skylight solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
The external conduction load into the space,QWCOND cl,c , is the "skin" portion of the sensible space load. (NOTE:
QWCOND cl,c does not include the ceiling load,QCEIL, which is included in theQRMSLD cl,c component.)

QWCOND cl,c = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt + QCOND xf
Ref#
-------EQ 113
EQ 117
EQ 94
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

102
106
115
66

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCOND gl,sp
Wall glass space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,sp
Nonglass roof conduction load to space,
Btu/hr [W]
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,sp
Nonglass wall space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND xf
Exposed floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QWCOND cl,c
External conduction load into the space at the
time of the coil peak, Btu/hr [W]

The net sensible return air load is given by:

QRASLD cl,c = QSOL sk,ra + QCOND sk,ra + QCOND rf,ra + QSOL gl,ra +
QCOND gl,ra + QCOND wl,ra + QLITES t,ra + QMISCS t,ra +
QFAN r + QRAEXH + QVENTS ra - QCEIL t - (QBPSEN + SDFLAG*QSDUCT)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 130
QBPSEN
Sensible heat due to cold deck airflow bypassing
the space via the return airflow, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 96
QCEIL t
Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 113
QCOND gl,ra
Wall glass conduction load assigned to return
air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 92
QCOND rf,ra
Nonglass roof conduction load to plenum,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 100
QCOND sk,ra
Skylight conduction load to plenum, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 104
QCOND wl,ra
Nonglass wall conduction load to return air
(via plenum exposure), Btu/hr [W]
EQ 81
QLITES t,ra
Lighting load assigned to return air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 88
QMISCS t,ra
Sensible miscellaneous load assigned to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 145
QRAEXH
Portion of return air load exhausted to the

39
EQ 66

QRASLD cl,c

EQ 144
EQ 142
EQ 109

QRFAN
QSDUCT
QSOL gl,ra

EQ

QSOL sk,ra

98

EQ 124

QVENTS ra

RF 67

SDFLAG

atmosphere, Btu/hr [W]


Sensible component of return air load at the time
of the coil peak, Btu/hr[W]
Return fan sensible heat, Btu/hr [W]
Supply duct heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
Wall glass solar load assigned to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
Skylight solar load assigned to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
Ventilation sensible load on return air,
Btu/hr [w]
Supply duct heat gain flag; =1 when supply duct
heat picked up from return air; = 0 otherwise

If there is no plenum, any solar or miscellaneous loads assigned to return air are assumed to be picked up by the return air stream via
ductwork.

If (PLENHT >
Then
QRDUCT
QRPLEN
Otherwise
QRDUCT
QRPLEN

0)
= 0
= QRASLD cl,c
= QRASLD cl,c
= 0

However, if the total return airflow prior to the system exhaust is zero, any solar or miscellaneous loads assigned to return air are dumped
back into the space.

If (RACFMT = 0) Then QRDUCT = 0


QRSPAC = QRASLD cl,c - QRPLEN - QRDUCT
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR GENL PLENHT
Plenum height, ft [m]
EQ 66
QRASLD cl,c
Sensible component of return air load at the time
of the coil peak, Btu/hr[W]
EQ 66
QRDUCT
Portion of miscellaneous and solar loads
assigned to return air which are picked up by
the return air stream just prior to the
system exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRPLEN
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD)
which becomes a plenum load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRSPAC
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD) which
becomes a space load if the total return
airflow is zero, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 153
RACFMT
Return airflow, cfm [cms]
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Internal Cooling Loads, Building Envelope Loads,
Airflow Cooling Loads, and Airflow Heat Gains/Losses reports.
From Table 2.10 we see that main cooling coil sensible capacity of the PFPVAV system is to be sized according to the BLOCK sensible
components listed in Table 2.9. Using the space sensible loads at the time of the coil peak:

where

4
QSENS cl,c = QLOADS c,i + QFAN c + QSIZE c + QSDUCT c
i=1
= (QRMSLD c + QWCOND c + QVENTS roa,c + QRASLDc)
+ QFAN c + QSIZE c + QSDUCT
QRMSLD cl,c = QPEOPS t + QLITES t,sp + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp +
QINFS
+ QCEIL
+ QVENTS
sp + QRSPAC

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 83) + (RF 80)


(RF 120)+ (RF 96)

+ (RF 86)
+ (EQ 124)

+ (RF 97)
+ (EQ 66)

+ (RF 108)

40
and

QWCOND cl,c = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt
+ QCOND xf
these values are retrieved from
the following sources

= (RF 106)
(RF 117)

+ (RF 111)
+ (RF 115)

+ (RF 102)

+ (RF 94)

and

QRASLD cl,c = QSOL sk,ra + QCOND sk,ra + QCOND rf,ra + QSOL gl,ra +
QCOND gl,ra + QCOND wl,ra + QLITES t,ra + QMISCS t,ra +
QFAN r
+ QRAEXH
+ QVENTS ra
- QCEIL
(QBPSEN + SDFLAG*QSDUCT)
these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 98)
(RF 113)
(RF 144)
(RF 130)+

+ (RF 100)
+ (RF 92)
+ (RF 104)
+ (RF 81)
+ (RF 145)
+ (EQ 124)
(EQ 66)*(RF 142)

+ (RF 109)
+ (RF 88)
- (RF 96)

+
+
-

so

QSENS cl,c

= QRMSLD cl,c + QWCOND cl,c + QVENTS roa,c + QRASLD cl,c +


QFAN c
+ QSIZE c
+ QSDUCT

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (see above)+ (see above)+ (EQ 124)


(RF 143)
+ (RF 132)
+ (RF 142)

+ (see above) +

Ref #67. Cooling Coil Latent Load (at time of the coil peak)
The psychrometric procedure yields a design cooling supply air dry bulb,
DSADB c , and a corresponding room humidity ratio,
DSRMW c , for each main cooling coil. This value ofDSRMW c is then used to recalculate all latent air loads at the time of the coil
peak. The nominal cooling coil latent capacity is then given by:

3
QLAT cl,c = QLOADL c,i
i=1
Ref#
-------EQ 67
TB 2.11
EQ 67
EQ 67
EQ 125

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QLAT cl,c
Cooling coil latent total, Btu/hr [W]
QLOADL c,i
Cooling coil latent load components, Btu/hr [W]
QRALLD cl,c
Latent component of return air load at time of
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
QRMLLD cl,c
Room (space) latent load at the time of the
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
QVENTLroa
Latent ventilation load imposed on the return/oa
deck, Btu/hr [W]

Table 2.11 Cooling Coil Latent Components by Sizing Method

Coil Type

Sizing Method

Main

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

QRMLLDcl,c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Aux

BLOCK

Yes

QLOADLc,i
QVENTLroa
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

QRALLDcl,c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

No

No

41
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

Yes
Yes
Yes
No

No
No
No
No

No
No
No
No

See Table 2.10 for a listing of default values

The room internal latent load is given by:

QRMLLD cl,c = QPEOPL t + QMISCL t,sp + QINFL t + QVENTL t,sp + QLSPAC t


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 121
QINFL t
Infiltration latent load, Btuh [W]
EQ 60
QLSPAC t
The portion of the miscellaneous latent heat gain
originally assigned to the return air. It becomes a
space latent heat gain if the return airflow is zero,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 87
QMISCL t,sp
Misc latent heat gain assigned to space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTL t,sp
Latent ventilation load on space by the
optional ventilation coil, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 84
QPEOPL t
People latent heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 67
QRMLLD cl,c
Room (space) latent load at the time of the
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
The net latent return air load is given by:

QRALLD cl,c = QBPLAT t + QVENTL t,ra + QMISCL t,ra


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 131
QBPLAT t
Latent heat due to cold deck airflow bypassing
the space via the return airflow, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 87
QMISCL t,ra
Misc latent heat gain assigned to return air at
time of coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 67
QRALLD cl,c
Latent component of return air load at time of
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTL t,ra
Latent load due to ventilation airflow dumped
into plenum or return air, Btu/hr [W]
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system block information from the Internal Cooling Loads, Building Envelope Loads,
and Airflow Cooling Loads reports.
From Table 2.10 we see that main cooling coil latent capacity of the PFPVAV system is to be sized according to the BLOCK latent
components listed in Table 2.11. Using the space latent loads at the time of the coil peak:

3
QLAT cl,c = QLOADL c,i
i=1
= QRMLLD cl,c + QVENTL roa + QRALLD cl,c
these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (see below )+ (EQ 125)

+ (see below)

where

QRMLLD cl,c = QPEOPL t + QMISCL t,sp + QINFL t

+ QVENTL t,sp + QLSPAC t

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 84) + (RF 87)

+ (RF 121)+ (EQ 125)

and

QRALLD cl,c = QBPLAT

+ QVENTL t,ra + QMISCL t,ra

+ (EQ 60)

42
these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 131) + (EQ 125)

+ (EQ 87)

43

2.3.2 PEAK HEATING LOADS


Ref #68.

Peak Month/Hour (at time of the space heating peak)

This is the time of the room, zone, or system block heating peak. The heating design peak will always occur in month "13". The hour of
the peak will not be influenced by weather conditions since 1) the outside air condition is equal to the winter design temperature all 24
hours, 2) the wind speed is constant at the winter design wind speed (usually 7.5 mph), and 3) the cloud cover modifiers are equal to zero
all 24-hours (i.e., no solar heat gain allowed). The only time the heating design peak should occur at any hour other than 1 is when
internal loads have been scheduled unevenly during the heating design month. The hour of occurrence can be fixed by user entry on the
Load Parameters screen; otherwise, the program will determine the hour of the peak for each room, block zone, and block system load.

Ref #69.

Outside Air Condition (at time of the space heating peak)

OADB sp,h

Outside air dry bulb temperature at time of the space heating peak, F [C]

OAWB sp,h

Outside air wet bulb temperature at time of the space heating peak, F [C]

The outside air condition at the time the heating peak will equal the winter design condition. No credit is allowed for solar heat gain
although internal heat gains are allowed if scheduled on during the heating design month.

Ref #70.

Design Room Dry Bulb for Heating (at time of the space peak)

The Design Room Dry Bulb Heating


, DSRMDB h , is user-defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. If the room dry bulb varies
by room within a particular system and the main heating coil is located at either the zone or system level, the value
DSRMDB
of h used
during zone or system-level calculations will equal the average design room temperature weighted by the floor areas of the rooms assigned
to that zone or system. The zone or system return air temperature, however, will be weighted by the return airflow from each room.

Ref #71.

Supply Air Dry Bulb for Heating (at time of the space peak)

The Heating Supply Air Dry Bulb,DSADB h , is first calculated on a room-by-room basis as shown in the cases developed below.
However, if the particular system type has only a single heating coil serving all the rooms, the room's
DSADB h is reset to the highest
DSADB h calculated. If overridden by user entry on the Create Systems - Design Temperatures screen and the calculated
DSADB h is
less than the Minimum DSADB h or greater than the MaximumDSADB h , the value of room DSADB h is reset accordingly.
Case I: Heating system fan is separate from the cooling system fan

DSADB h = 125 F [51.7 C]


Case II: Heating system fan is separate from the cooling system fan; the main heating airflow is user-defined on the Create
Systems - Fan Overrides screen.

QSENSP sp,h
DSADB h = DSRMDB h - -----------K * DSCFM h
Case III: Cooling/Heating, constant volume, single fan. Heating airflow based on cooling design airflow.

QSENSP sp,h
DSADB h = DSRMDB h - ------------K * DSCFM c
Ref#
-------EQ 71
EQ 27
EQ 28
EQ 56
EQ 70
EQ 17
EQ 73

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSADB h
Supply air dry bulb heating, F [C]
DSCF M c
Main cooling supply airflow, ft 2 [m 2 ]
DSCFM h
Main heating supply airflow, cfm [cms]
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
DSRMDB h
Design room dry bulb heating, F [C]
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/( m 3 -C)]
QSENSP sp,h
Space sensible heating load, Btu/hr [W]

44
Ref #72.

Space Heating Airflow (at time of the space peak)

For main heating airflows, the room-level calculation sequence is as follows:


A minimum supply airflow,MINCFM h , is defined whenever supply airflow units of ACH-HR, CFM-P, CFM-SF, LPS-P, or LPS-SM
are specified, i.e.,

MINCFM h = FANVAL h * CONV air


Note that MINCFM h represents the minimum size of the terminal box rather than the minimum operating airflow, i.e., this value is
ignored by the TRACE 600 System Simulation.
If a minimum stop is located over the hot deck (RHTLOC = HDECK) or over both decks (RHTLOC = B-DECKS), the minimum supply
airflow is compared against the reheat airflow. If the reheat airflow units have been entered as a percent, then this comparison is not done.

If RHCFM > MINCFM h then MINCFM h = RHCFM


If ventilation is routed through the ROA deck
(CLDECK ov = ROADK), the current value of MINCFM h is compared to the
value of ventilation airflow. For heating design, the comparison is not done if the main heating fan is located on either the runaround deck
(FNDECK h = RUNARND) or the room deck (FNDECK h = ROOMDK).

If OACFM > MINCFM h then MINCFM h = OACFM


If the main heating supply airflow units acronym is entered as "CFM" or "LPS" then
DSCFM h = FANVAL h ; otherwise, the main
supply airflow is calculated based on the Fan Sizing Method components listed in Table 2.7, i.e.,

DSCFM h = QSENSP sp,h / [K * (DSRMDB h - DSADB h )]


If DSCFM h is less than MINCFM h then DSCFM h is set equal to MINCFM h .

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 71
DSADB h
Design supply air dry bulb heating, F [C]
EQ 70
DSRMDB h
Design room dry bulb heating, F [C]
TB 2.2
CONV air
Airflow conversion multiplier
EQ 72,28 DSCFM h
Heating supply fan airflow, cfm [cms]
TR FNCF
FANVAL h
Heating airflow value
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -f) [J/m 3 ]
EQ 72
MINCFM h
Minimum design value of heating airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OACFM
Outside air brought through the ROA deck, cfm [cms]
TR LSCH
PCTRH t
Reheat utilization percent this hour, %
EQ 73
QSENSP h
Space sensible heating load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 137
RHCFM
Reheat airflow, cfm [cms]
TR OACF
RHVAL
Reheat airflow value
The value of heating supply airflow may be different than the load-calculated value if any of the following conditions exist:
-- The cooling supply airflow (see Ref #27) is greater for a single duct system, e.g., fan coils. On the other hand, since two-fan double
duct VAV has a separate fan for the hot deck, the size of the cooling supply airflow doesn't affect the size of the hot deck fan.
-- The minimum airflow quantity (heating airflow units ACH-HR, CFM-P, CFM-SF, LPS-P, or LPS-SM have been specified) is greater.
-- For heating-only systems without a separate ventilation system, the outside airflow is greater.
-- The value of heating supply airflow has been user defined on the Create Systems - Fan Overrides screen.
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system sum-of-the-peaks information from the time of space peak section of the Main
System Peak Heating Loads report.

DSCFM h = QSENSP sp,h / [K * (DSRMDB h - DSADB h )]


these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 73)
Ref #73.

/ [(RF 17) * (RF 70) - (RF 71)]

Space Sensible Heating Load (at time of the space peak)

The heating space sensible load,QSENSP sp,h , is used to calculate the heating supply airflow.

45
2
QSENSP sp,h = QSPACE h,i
i=1
Table 2.12 Heating Airflow Characteristics

System Type

BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV

Sizing
Method
NO-FAN
NO-FAN
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
SKIN
SKIN
PEAK
PEAK

PFPVAVRA

PEAK

PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV

PEAK
NO-FAN
PEAK
PEAK

SZ
TAB

PEAK
PEAK

TRH
2FDDVV

PEAK
PEAK

UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

PEAK
NO-FAN
NO-FAN
NO-FAN
NO-FAN
PEAK
PEAK

Main Heating Fan


Level
Deck
Location Location

Fan
Config

SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
ROOM

BLOW
DRAW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
DRAW
BLOW
DRAW
BLOW

Auxiliary Heating Fan


Sizing
Deck
Fan
Method
Location Config
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW

BLOW

LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW

BLOW

LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST

SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
RUNARN
D
ROOM
RUNARN
D
SAME-CF SAME-CF

SAME-CF SAME-CF DRAW


ROOM
RUNARN BLOW
D
SAME-CF SAME-CF DRAW
ROOM
RUNARN BLOW
D
SAME-CF SAME-CF DRAW
SAME-HC RUNARN DRAW
D
SAME-HC SAME-HC BLOW

SAME-CF SAME-CF DRAW


SAME-CF SAME-CF BLOW

BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW

LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW


LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST RM-WALL BLOW
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST
LARGEST

Table 2.13 Heating Fan Load Components by Sizing Method

Coil Type

Sizing Method 1

Main

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK
PEAK-INT
SKIN

QSPACEh,i
QRMSLDsp,h QWCONDsp,h
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes

Aux

BLOCK
BLK-INT
PEAK

Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
No
Yes

RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL

RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL
RM-WALL

BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW
BLOW

46
PEAK-INT
SKIN

Yes
No

No
Yes

Sizing Method default values are listed in Table 2.12.

The room space sensible load (less skin conduction) at the time of the heating space peak is given by:

QRMSLD sp,h = QPEOPS t + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp + QLITES t,sp +
QINFS + QCEIL + QVENTS sp + QRSPAC
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 96
QCEIL
Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 108
QSOL gl,sp
Hourly wall glass solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 120
QINFS
Infiltration sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 80
QLITES t,sp
Portion of lighting heat gain originally
assigned as a space load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 86
QMISC t,sp
Hourly space sensible miscellaneous heat gain,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTS sp
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 83
QPEOPS t
Hourly people sensible heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 73
QRMSLD sp,h
Room (space) sensible load less skin conduction at
the time of the heating space peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRSPAC
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD) which
becomes a space load if the total return
airflow is zero, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 97
QSOL sk,sp
Hourly skylight solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
The external conduction load into the space,QWCOND sp,h , is the "skin" portion of the sensible space load. (NOTE:
QWCOND sp,h does not include the ceiling load,QCEIL, which is included in the QINT component.)

QWCOND sp,h = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt + QCOND xf
Ref#
-------EQ 111
EQ 117
EQ 94
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

102
106
115
73

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCOND gl,sp
Wall glass space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,sp
Nonglass roof conduction load to space,
Btu/hr [W]
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,sp
Nonglass wall space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND xf
Exposed floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QWCOND sp,h
External conduction load into the space at the
time of the heating space peak, Btu/hr [W]

A sample calculation procedure follows using the system sum-of-the-peaks information from the time of space peak sections of the
Building Envelope Loads and Airflow Heating Loads reports.
From Table 2.12 we see that the main heating fan for a PFPVAV system is to be sized according to the PEAK sensible components listed
on Table 2.13, i.e.,

2
QSENSP sp,h = QSPACE h,i
i=1
= QRMSLD sp,h + QWCOND sp,h
where

QRMSLD sp,h = QPEOPS t


QINFS

+ QLITES t,sp + QMISC t,sp


+ QCEIL
+ QVENTS
sp

+ QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp +


+ QRSPAC

these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 83)
(RF 120)

+ (RF 80)
+ (RF 96)

+ (RF 86)
+ (EQ 124)

+ (RF 97)
+ (EQ 66)

+ (RF 108)

47
and

QWCOND sp,h = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt + QCOND xf
these values are retrieved from the following sources

= (RF 106)
(RF 117)

+ (RF 111)
+ (RF 115)

+ (RF 102)

+ (RF 94)

Ref #74. Peak Month/Hour (at time of the heating coil peak)
This is the time of the room, zone, or system block heating peak. The heating design peak will always occur in month "13". The hour of
the peak will not be influenced by weather conditions since 1) the outside air condition is equal to the winter design temperature all 24
hours, 2) the wind speed is constant at the winter design wind speed (usually 7.5 mph), and 3) the cloud cover modifiers are equal to zero
all 24-hours (i.e., no solar heat gain allowed). The only time the heating design peak should occur at any hour other than 1 is when
internal loads have been scheduled unevenly during the heating design month. The hour of occurrence can be fixed by user entry on the
Load Parameters screen; otherwise, the program will determine the hour of the peak for each room, block zone, and block system load.

Ref #75. Outside Air Condition (at time of the heating coil peak)

OADB cl,h Outside air dry bulb temperature at time of heating coil peak, F [C]
OAWB cl,h Outside air wet bulb temperature at time of heating coil peak, F [C]
The outside air condition at the time the heating peak will equal the winter design condition. No credit is allowed for solar heat gain
although internal heat gains are allowed if scheduled on during the heating design month.

Ref #76.

Design Room Dry Bulb for Heating (at time of the coil peak)

The Design Room Dry Bulb Heating,DSRMDB h , is user-defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. If the room dry bulb varies
by room within a particular system and the main heating coil is located at either the zone or system level, the value
DSRMDB
of h used
during zone or system-level calculations will equal the average design room temperature weighted by the floor areas of the rooms assigned
to that zone or system. The zone or system return air temperature, however, will be weighted by the return airflow from each room.

Ref #77.

Supply Air Dry Bulb for Heating (at time of the coil peak)

For VAV heating systems, the heating supply air temperature will equal its design value; for constant volume systems the heating supply
air dry bulb is the supply air temperature necessary to meet the space load at the time of the heating coil peak.

If (HTCNTL = VAV)
Then SADB cl,h = DSADB h
Otherwise SADB cl,h = DSRMDB h - QSENSP cl,h / (DSCFM h * K)
Ref#
-------EQ 71
EQ 28
EQ 70
TB 2.8
EQ 17
EQ 73
EQ 77
RF 77

Ref #78.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSADB h
Design supply air dry bulb heating, F [C]
DSCFM h
Design heating airflow, cfm [cms]
DSRMDB h
Design room dry bulb heating, F [C]
HTCNTL
Heating terminal control method
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -f) [J/m 3 ]
QSENSP cl,h
Space sensible load at time of heating coil
peak, Btu/hr [W]
SADB cl,h
Supply air dry bulb at time of heating coil
peak, F [C]
VAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a VAV box

Coil Heating Airflow (at time of the coil peak)

48
For constant volume heating systems, the heating airflow will equal its design value; for variable volume systems the heating airflow is the
airflow necessary to meet the space load at the time of the heating coil peak.

If (HTCNTL = VAV)
Then CFM cl,h = QSENSP cl,h / [K * (DSRMDB h - DSADB h )]
Otherwise CFM cl,h = DSCFM h
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 78
CFM cl,h
Heating supply airflow at time of heating coil
peak, cfm [cms]
EQ 71
DSADB h
Design supply air dry bulb heating, F [C]
EQ 28
DSCFM h
Design heating airflow, F [C]
EQ 70
DSRMDB h
Design room dry bulb heating, F [C]
EQ 72,28 DSCFM h
Heating supply fan airflow, cfm [cms]
TB 2.8
HTCNTL
Heating terminal control method
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -f) [J/m 3 ]
EQ 73
QSENSP cl,h
Space sensible load at time of heating coil
peak, Btu/hr [W]
TR 78
VAV
Acronym indicating that terminal box is to be
controlled like a VAV box
Ref #79. Coil Sensible Heating Load (at time of the coil peak)
If the main heating coil sizing method was entered as PEAK or BLOCK, the main heating coil nominal capacity is based on the heat
losses occurring at the time of the main heating coil peak. Credit is given for any internal heat gains/losses if the internal load schedules
were scheduled on during heating design.
For forced-air heating systems, the design main heating coil entering condition is equal to either the leaving preheat coil condition or the
plenum temperature. (Note that if the design leaving preheat coil dry bulb,
CLDB ph , is less than the return/outside dry bulb,
ROADB h , then CLDB ph is set equal to ROADB h .)

If (CLDECK h = ROADK, CDECK, or HDECK) Then


CEDB h = CLDB ph
CEW h = CLW ph
If (CLDECK h = RUNARND) Then
CEDB h = RRDB
CEW h = RRW
If the main heating coil sizing method was entered as PK-ECRH, the heating coil must also be able to handle the "reheat" due to an
economizer being activated in a mixing system (with the main heating coil located on the HOT deck (HDECK), not the RUNARND or
ROOMDK decks) during the heating season. For example, consider a multizone system comprised of 4 perimeter rooms and one interior
and operating in the winter. While the four perimeter rooms will be in the heating mode, the interior rooms may need cooling. If an
economizer is activated to handle the interior cooling load, the hot deck coil must "reheat" the return/outside air mixture from 55 to 85 F
instead of from a more typical 70 to 85 F. The design main heating coil entering dry CEDB
bulb, h , then becomes equal to the design
cooling supply air temperature,DSADB c , if DSADB c is less than the CEDB h previously calculated.

If (CLSIZE h = PK-ECRH and DSADB c < CEDB h, above and ECOTYP NONE) Then
CEDB h = DSADB c
(NOTE: for an auxiliary forced-air system,
CEDB h is equal to the design room dry bulb heating,DSRMDB h ).
When the preheat coil sizing method,CLSIZE pr , is specified as "COMBINED", the preheat component of the main heating coil is
still printed separately per Ref #39.
When the reheat coil sizing method,CLSIZE rh , is specified as "COMBINED", the reheat component of the main heating coil is
still printed separately per Ref #40.
The main heating coil leaving dry bulb is dependent on the design heating supply air dry bulb.

CLDB h = DSADB h
Once the entering and leaving conditions are known, the main heating coil nominal capacity can be calculated with:

49
QCAP h = K * COILCF h * (CEDB h - CLDB h ) + QFAN h
Note that credit is allowed for fan heat if the main fan schedule reads greater than 0% for the heating design month.
If the heating system is Radiation or if the Main Heating Capacity Units have been entered as No Oversizing, the heating capacity is
equal to the sum of the design heating components, i.e.,

4
QCAP h = QLOAD h,i
i=1
The quantities QVENTS roa and QRASLD cl,h are not included in QCAP h above since these loads are assumed to be taken
care of by the preheat coil. But, if no preheat coil exists, then

4
QCAP h = QLOAD h,i + QVENTS roa + QRASLD cl,h
i=1
Ref#
-------EQ 53f
RF 53f
RF 53f
RF 53f
TB 2.14
TB 2.4
TB 2.5
EQ 78
RF 79
TR HTGC
EQ 57
EQ 71
EQ 17
RF 79
RF 79
EQ 79
TB 2.14
EQ 143

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CEDB h
Main heating coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
CEDB ph
Preheat coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
CLDB h
Main heating coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
CLDB ph
Preheat coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
CLSIZE h
Main heating coil sizing method
CLSIZE pr
Preheat coil sizing method
CLSIZE rh
Reheat coil sizing method
COILCF h
Main heating coil airflow at the time of the
main heating coil peak, cfm [cms]
COMBINED
Acronym indicating that the coil capacity is
combined with the main heating coil
N-OVERSZ
Acronym indicating that the coil capacity is
ignores oversizing, is simple sum of space
heating components
DSADB c
Design main cold deck supply air temperature, F [C]
DSADB h
Design main hot deck supply air dry bulb, F [C]
3 -F)
K
Density-specific heat product, Btu-min/(hr-ft
[J/(m 3 -C)]
PEAK
Acronym indicating that the coil or fan is sized
according to the sum-of-the-peaks load
PK-ECRH
Acronym indicating that the main heating coil
capacity must be sized to handle reheat due
to an economizer
QCAP h
Main heating coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QLOAD h,i
Main heating coil load components, Btu/hr [W]
QFAN h
Main heating fan load, Btu/hr [W]

Table 2.14 Heating Coil Load Components by Sizing Method

Coil Type

Sizing Method

Main

BLOCK
BLK INT
PEAK
PKINT
SKIN

QRMSLDcl,h
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Aux

BLOCK
BLK INT
PEAK
PKINT
SKIN

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

See Table 2.15 for a listing of default values.

QLOADh,i
QWCONDcl,h QVENTSroa
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No

QRASLDcl,h
No
No
No
No
No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
No
No
No
No

No
No
No
No
No

50
The room internal sensible load, QRMSLD, does not include the external conduction (i.e. skin) load since the user has the option of sizing
the heating coil with or without the skin component.

QRMSLD cl,h = QPEOPS t + QMISC t,sp + QSOL sk,sp + QSOL gl,sp + QLITES t,sp +
QINFS + QCEIL + QVENTS sp + QRSPAC
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 96
QCEIL
Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 108
QSOL gl,sp
Hourly wall glass solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 120
QINFS
Infiltration sensible load, Btuh [W]
EQ 80
QLITES t,sp
Portion of lighting heat gain originally
assigned as a space load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 86
QMISC t,sp
Hourly space sensible miscellaneous heat gain,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTS sp
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 83
QPEOPS t
Hourly people sensible heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 79
QRMSLD cl,h
Room (space) sensible load at time of the
heating coil peak , Btu/hr [W]
EQ 66
QRSPAC
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD) which
becomes a space load if the total return
airflow is zero, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 97
QSOL sk,sp
Hourly skylight solar heat gain seen by space,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTS ra
Ventilation sensible load on return air,
Btu\hr [w]
Table 2.15 Heating Coil Characteristics

System Type

BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV

Sizing
Method
PEAK
PEAK
PK-ECRH
PEAK
PK-ECRH
PK-ECRH
PEAK
PEAK
SKIN
SKIN
PK-ECRH
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PK-ECRH
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
PEAK
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
PEAK
PEAK

Main Heating Coil


Level
Deck
Location
Location
ROOM
ROOMDK
ROOM
SAME-CC
ROOM
HDECK
ROOM
SAME-CC
SYSTEM
HDECK
SYSTEM
HDECK
ROOM
ROADK
ROOM
ROADK
SYSTEM
SAME-CC
ROOM
SAME-CC
SYSTEM
HDECK
ROOM
RUNARND
ROOM
RUNARND
ROOM
ROADK
ROOM
ROADK
SYSTEM
HDECK
ROOM
RUNARND
ZONE
ROADK
ROOM
RUNARND
SYSTEM
SAME-CC
SYSTEM
RUNARND
ROOM
ROADK
ROOM
ROOMDK

ROOM
ZONE

SAME-CC
ROADK

Sizing
Method
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
PK-INT
PK-INT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT
SKIN
SKIN
AS-INPUT
AS-INPUT

Auxiliary Heating Coil


Level
Deck
Location
Location
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL
ROOM
RM-WALL

51
WSHP

PEAK

ROOM

ROADK

AS-INPUT

ROOM

RM-WALL

The external conduction load into the space,QWCOND cl,h , is the "skin" portion of the sensible space load. (NOTE:
QWCOND cl,h does not include the ceiling load,QCEIL, which is included in theQRMSLD cl,h component.)

QWCOND cl,h = QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,sp + QCOND sk,sp + QCOND rf,sp +
QCOND pt + QCOND xf
Ref#
-------EQ 113
EQ 117
EQ 94
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

102
106
115
79

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCOND gl,sp
Wall glass space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,sp
Nonglass roof conduction load to space,
Btu/hr [W]
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,sp
Nonglass wall space load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND xf
Exposed floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QWCOND cl,h
External conduction load into the space at the
time of the heating coil peak, Btu/hr [W]

The net sensible return air load is given by:

QRASLD = QSOL sk,ra + QCOND sk,ra + QCOND rf,ra + QSOL gl,ra +


QCOND gl,ra + QCOND wl,ra + QLITES t,ra + QMISCS t,ra
QRFAN + QRAEXH + QVENTS ra - QCEIL
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 96
QCEIL
Conduction load through ceiling, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 111
QCOND gl,ra
Wall glass conduction load assigned to return
air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 109
QSOL gl,ra
Wall glass solar load assigned to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 81
QLITES t,ra
Lighting load assigned to return air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 81
QMISCS t,ra
Sensible miscellaneous load assigned to return
air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 145
QRAEXH
Portion of return air load exhausted to the
atmosphere, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 79
QRASLD
Sensible component of return air load,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 144
QRFAN
Return fan sensible heat, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 100
QCOND sk,ra
Skylight conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 98
QSOL sk,ra
Skylight solar load assigned to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 92
QCOND rf,ra
Nonglass roof conduction load to plenum,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 104
QCOND wl,ra
Nonglass wall conduction load to return air
(via plenum exposure), Btu/hr [W]
A sample calculation procedure follows using the system sum-of-the-peak information from the Main System Peak Heating Loads report.
From Table 2.15 we see that the PFPVAV main heating coil is to be sized according to the PEAK sensible load and is located on the
RUNARND deck. Consequently, the entering air condition of the main heating coil will be equal to the runaround temperature at the
time of the main heating coil peak, i.e.,

CEDB h = RRDB (see EQ 151)


NOTE: If the RRDB is not equal to the plenum temperature, one or more of the rooms served by the system may has no plenum.
Therefore the runaround airflow is ducted and equals
DSRMDB h for the rooms without a plenum. The value used for RRDB is the
weighted value for all the rooms served by the system.
The heating capacity is then given by:

QCAP h =

* COILCF h * (CEDB h

these values are retrieved from the following sources

- CLDB h )

+ QFAN h

52
= (RF 17)* (RF 78) * [(EQ 79)- (EQ 79)] + (RF 143)
If the system type had been a mixing system, such as multizone (MZ), the sizing method is PK-ECRH, meaning that the main heating coil
(located in the hot deck) would have to be sized to handle reheat - if an economizer had also been specified. In that case, the design main
heating coil entering dry is equal to the design cooling supply dry bulb, but only
DSADB
if
c is less than RADB h .
If the heating system had been Radiation, the main heating coil only sees the load on the space at the time of the heating coil peak. Any
reheat due to a reheat minimum is handled by a separate reheat calculation even if the main heating coil also acts as the reheat coil.

53

2.4 PSYCHROMETRIC STATE POINTS

The program creates a psychrometric report for every cooling coil in the project. For example, if the System Type has a system-level
cooling coil (e.g. PFPVAV), one report will be created. If the System Type has a room-level cooling coil (e.g. FC), a report will be created
for each room in the project. Additionally, if the System Type includes an auxiliary cooling coil, the program will create an Auxiliary
Psychrometric Report.
The psychrometric loop is used to either 1) calculate the cooling supply air dry bulb
(DSADB c ) given the design room relative
humidity (DSRMRH ) or 2) calculate the room relative humidity given the cooling supply air dry bulb. The design room relative humidity
is therefore ignored if the calculated value of
DSADB c does not fall within the range specified on the Create Systems - Design
Temperatures screen. For example, ifDSRMDB c = 75 F, DSRMRH = 50% and the associated value of
DSADB c that satisfies this
room condition is 53 F; by entering the minimum
DSADB c as 55 F and the maximumDSADB c as 60 F, the program will reset
DSADB c to 55 F and re-calculate the room relative humidity to a value greater than 50%. Conversely, if the original
DSADB c needed
to satisfy the design conditions had been 65 F, the program will reset
DSADB c to 60 F and re-calculate the room relative humidity to a
value less than 50%.
NOTE: All values used in the psychrometric simulation were taken from the "Space Peak section of the Peak Cooling Loads report
(except OADB psy , and OAWB psy which are taken from the " Coil Peak section).

All dry bulbs (column A) are in deg F [C], wet bulbs (column B) in deg F [C], relative humidities (column C) in %, humidity ratios
(column D) in grains, enthalpies (column E) in Btu/lbm [kJ/kg], and temperature differences (column F) in deg F [C]. Some typical
psychrometric representations are provided in Figures 2.34 through 2.39.
All enthalpies are calculated with the equation:

H = (W/CWRT) x [(CPWET x DB) + HCONST] + (CPDRY x DB)


Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
CPWET
Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
col A DB
Dry bulb temperature, F [C]
col D W
Humidity ratio, grains
col E H
Enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
HCONST
Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]
Ref #154.

Design Room Condition

The design room dry bulb for cooling is the user defined value entered on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. Units are F [C]. The other
room conditions are determined psychrometrically.

Ref #155.

Outdoor Air Condition

If the Ventilation Methodology was entered as OADB (the default), the outdoor air condition is taken from the time of the block cooling
coil peak (see Reference # 62). If the Ventilation Methodology was entered as OAHIGH the outside air condition is equal to the summer
design dry bulb/wet bulb (see References #10,11)

Ref #156.

Return Air Condition

The condition of the return airstream is a function of the returning corridor, plenum, and ducted airflows:

RADB psy = {K*[(CORRCF-RRCRCF)*CORRDB +(PLENCF-PLCRCF-RRPLCF)*PLENDB +


(DUCTCF-RRDTCF)*DUCTDB] + QRDUCT + QLDTRA} / (K*RACFMT) + FANTD
RAW psy = {LFAC*[(CORRCF-RRCRCF)*CORRW + (PLENCF-PLCRCF-RRPLCF)*PLENW +
(DUCTCF-RRDTCF)*DUCTW] + QMISCL t,ra } / (LFAC*RACFMT)

ra

54
Ref#
-------EQ 152
EQ 152
EQ 152
EQ 149
EQ 149

Variable
------------CORRCF
CORRDB
CORRW
DUCTCF
DUCTDB

EQ 149

DUCTW

EQ 158
EQ 17

FANTD ra
K

EQ 19
EQ 152

LFAC
PLCRCF

EQ
EQ
EQ
RF

PLENCF
PLENDB
PLENW
QLDTRA

150
91
91
80

EQ 87

QMISCL t,ra

EQ 66

QRDUCT

EQ 153

RACFMT

EQ 156a

RADBT psy

EQ 156d

RAW psy

EQ 152

RRCRCF

EQ 149

RRDTCF

EQ 150

RRPLCF

Ref #157.

Description
----------------------------------------------Corridor airflow, cfm [cms]
Corridor airflow dry bulb, F [C]
Corridor airflow humidity ratio, grains
Total ducted airflow, cfm [cms]
Temperature of air routed through the return air
duct, F [C]
Humidity ratio of air routed through the return
air duct, grains
Temperature increase due to return fan heat, F [C]
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
3 ) [J/m 3 ]
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
Amount of plenum airflow that is routed through
the corridor, cfm [cms]
Plenum airflow, cfm [cms]
Plenum temperature, F [C]
Plenum humidity ratio, grains
Portion of lighting room load pickup up by the
return air stream just prior to the system
exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
Misc latent heat gain assigned to return air at
time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
Portion of miscellaneous and solar loads
assigned to return air which are picked up by
the return air stream just prior to the
system exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
Return airflow quantity brought together just
prior to system exhaust, cfm [cms]
Return air dry bulb prior to system exhaust,
F [C]
Return air humidity ratio prior to system
exhaust, grains
Runaround airflow routed through the corridor,
cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the plenum,
cfm [cms]

Return Air Heat Pickup

The amount of heat picked up by the return air stream (less the return fan heat which is printed out separately) is given by:

RATD = RADBT psy - DSRMDB c - FANTD ra


Ref#
-------RF 154a
EQ 158f
EQ 155a
EQ 157f
Ref #158.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
FANTD ra
Return fan temperature difference, F [C]
RADBT psy
Return air dry bulb prior to system exhaust, F [C]
RATD
Return air heat pickup, F [C]

Return Fan Temperature Difference

The return fan temperature difference assumes that all the power input to the return fan eventually ends up as heat:

FANTD r,tot = (C * SP r ) / (K * MTREFF r /100 * BLDEFF r /100)


The return fan heat is composed of three major components: motor heat (conversion of electrical to mechanical energy), fan "blade" heat
(conversion of shaft mechanical energy of blades to kinetic energy of moving supply airstream) and duct friction losses.

MTRTD r = FANTD r,tot x [1 - (MTREFF r /100)]

55
BLDTD r = FANTD r,tot x (MTREFF r /100) x [1 - (BLDEFF r /100)]
FDUCTD r = FANTD r,tot x (MTREFF r /100) x (BLDEFF r /100)
In addition, if the supply fan motor is located in the return air stream, the supply fan heat is included in the return fan temperature
difference printed out. In the unusual case where the return fan motor is located in the supply air stream, the return fan motor heat is
included in the supply rather than return fan temperature calculation.

FANTD ra = BLDTD r + FDUCTD r + (RAFLAG r x MTRTD r ) + (RAFLAG s x MTRTD s )


NOTE: FANTD ra is the value being printed out, notFANTD r,tot .
Figure 2.33 Schematic of Fan Components

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 158
C
Constant = 0.4 F/(in. H2O) [2.9 C/kPa]
EQ 158
BLDTD r
Temperature difference due to return fan motor
heat, F [C]
EQ 158
BLDEF r
Return fan motor efficiency, %
EQ 158f FANTD ra
Temperature difference in return air stream due
to location of return and/or supply fans, F [C]
EQ 158
FANTD r,tot
Return fan temperature difference, F [C]
EQ 158
FDUCTD r
Temperature increase in the return air due to
duct friction loss, F [C]
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 158
MTRTD r
Temperature difference due to return fan motor
heat, F [C]
EQ 158
MTRTD s
Temperature difference due to supply fan motor
heat F [C]
TR FNOV MTREF r
Return fan motor efficiency, %
TR FNSP RAFLAG r
Equals 1 when the return fan location flag
equals RETAIR; meaning that the return fan
motor is located in the return air stream.
Equals zero otherwise.
TR FNSP RAFLAG s
Equals 1 when the supply fan location flag
equals RETAIR; meaning that the supply fan
motor is located in the return air stream.
Equals zero otherwise.
TR FNSP SP r
Return fan static pressure, in. H2O [kPa]
Note that when the fan motor location flag is entered as OTHER, the fan motor heat for that fan is ignored.

Ref #159.

Return/Outside Air Mixture

The return and outside air are mixed whenever the ventilation deck (outside air dampers) are located on the return/outside air deck
(ROADK).

56
ROADB psy = (PCTOA/100) x OADB psy + [1 - (PCTOA/100]) x RADB
ROAW psy = (PCTOA/100) x OAW psy + [1 - (PCTOA/100)] x RAW
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 168
PCTOA
Percent outside air, %
EQ 155a
OADB psy
Outside air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 155d
OAW psy
Outside air humidity ratio, grains
EQ 156a
RADB psy
Return air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 156d
RAW psy
Return air humidity ratio, grains
EQ 159a
ROADB psy
Return/outside air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 159d
ROAW psy
Return/outside air humidity ratio, grains
Ref #160, 161, 162. Supply Fan Temperature Differences (Blow Through and Draw Through)
The total value of supply fan temperature difference assumes that all the power input to the supply fan eventually ends up as heat:

FANTD c,tot = (C * SP c ) / (K * MTREFF c /100 * BLDEFF c /100)


The supply fan heat is composed of three major components: motor heat (conversion of electrical to mechanical energy), fan "blade" heat
(conversion of shaft mechanical energy of blades to kinetic energy of moving supply airstream) and duct friction losses.

MTRTD c = FANTD c,tot x [1 - (MTREFF c /100)]


BLDTD c = FANTD c,tot x (MTREFF c /100) x [1 - (BLDEFF c /100)]
FDUCTD c = FANTD c,tot x (MTREFF c /100) x (BLDEFF c /100)
When the fan is located prior to the cooling coil, as in a blow-through arrangement, only the motor and blade components generate heat
prior to the coil; the frictional heat
FDUCTD
(
c ) caused by the airstream moving through the ductwork occurs after the coil regardless of
the fan configuration. Note that the System Library uses the terms BLOW and DRAW to compare the location of a particular fan to a coil
bank located on the SAME deck as the fan.

IF [(FNCONF c = BLOW and FNDECK c = CLDECK c ) or


(FNDECK c = ROADK and CLDECK c = CLDECK c )]
Then
BLOWTD = (MTRTD r *SAFLAG r ) + (MTRTD c *SAFLAG c ) + BLDTD c
DRAWTD = 0
Otherwise
BLOWTD = 0
DRAWTD = (MTRTD r *SAFLAG r ) + (MTRTD c *SAFLAG c ) + BLDTD c
The total temperature differences both before and after a coil bank is then given by:

CETD c = BLOWTD
CLTD c = DRAWTD + FDUCTD c
Ref#
-------EQ 160
& RF 53i
TR FNOV
RF 160
EQ 160t
RF 160
TB 2.10
ED 160
EQ 161f
EQ 160
EQ 162f

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BLDTD c
Temperature difference due to return fan "blade"
heat, F [C]
BLDEF c
Supply fan "blade" efficiency, %
BLOW
Acronym indicating that the fan is located prior
to the coil bank of the same deck
BLOWTD
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
prior to coil, F [C]
C
Constant = 0.4 F/(in. H2O) [2.9 C/kPa]
CLDECK c
Main cooling coil deck location
DRAW
Acronym indicating that the fan is located after
the coil bank of the same deck
DRAWTD
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
after coil, F [C]
FANTD c,tot
Supply fan temperature difference, F [C]
FDUCTD c
Temperature increase in the supply air due to

57
& RF 53i
TB 2.7
FNCONF c
& TR FNOV
TB 2.7
FNDECK c
& TR FNOV
EQ 17
K
TR FNOV MTREF c
EQ 160
MTRTD c
& RF 53i
EQ 158
MTRTD r
TR FNSP

SAFLAG c

RF 160

ROADK

TR FNSP

SAFLAG r

TR FNSP

SP c

duct friction loss, F [C]


Main cooling fan configuration
Main cooling fan deck location
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
Supply fan motor efficiency, %
Temperature difference due to supply fan motor
heat, F [C]
Temperature difference due to return fan motor
heat, F [C]
Equals 1 when the supply fan location flag
equals SUPPLY; meaning that the supply fan
motor is located in the supply air stream.
Equals zero otherwise.
Acronym indicating that the main coil is
located on the return/outside air deck just
prior to the main cooling/heating coil
Equals 1 when the return fan location flag
equals SUPPLY; meaning that the return fan
motor is located in the supply air stream.
Equals zero otherwise.
Fan static pressure, in. H2O [kPa]

Note that when the fan motor location flag is entered as OTHER, the fan motor heat for that fan is ignored.
The location of the fan heat is important to the psychrometric simulation. For example, if the supply fan motor is located in the return air
stream, then the supply fan motor heat must be added to the return air stream (see Figure 2.34). If the supply fan motor is exposed to the
atmosphere, none of the supply fan motor heat shows up in either the supply or return air stream. The fraction of the fan heat which is
translated into duct friction is considerable (generally > 50%); this means that the duct friction heat must be added after the cooling coil
for blow-through fan arrangements (see Figure 2.35) while the supply fan motor heat and shaft blade heat occur prior to the cooling coil.
For draw-through fan arrangements (see Figure 2.36) any supply fan heat will always occur after the cooling coil.

Ref #163.

Entering Coil Condition

The coil entering condition starts at the return/outside air mixture condition plus any blow-through fan heat:

CEDB psy = ROADB psy + BLOWTD c


CEW psy = ROAW psy
CEH psy = (CEW psy /CWRT) x [(CPWET x CEDB psy ) + HCONST] + (CPDRY x CEDB psy )
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 160f BLOWTD c
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
prior to cooling coil, F [C]
EQ 163a CEDB psy
Coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 163e CEH psy
Coil entering enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
EQ 163d CEW psy
Coil entering humidity ratio, grains
RF 16
CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
RF 16
CPWET
Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
RF 163
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
RF 160
HCONST
Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]
EQ 159a ROADB psy
Return/outside air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 159d ROAW psy
Return/outside humidity ratio, grains
Ref #164.

Leaving Coil Condition

The leaving coil condition is determined psychrometrically using cooling coil curves built into the TRANE psychrometric chart unless
overridden by user-defined minimum/maximum coil leaving temperatures entered on the Create Rooms - Design Temperatures screen.
The resulting enthalpy is then given by:

58
CLH psy = (CLW psy /CWRT) x [(CPWET x CLDB psy ) + HCONST] + (CPDRY x CLDB psy )
Ref#
-------EQ 164a
EQ 164e
EQ 164d
RF 16
RF 16
RF 164
RF 164

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CLDB psy
Coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
CLH psy
Coil leaving enthalpy, Btu/lbm [kJ/kg]
CLW psy
Coil leaving humidity ratio, grains
CPDRY
Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.0 kJ/(kg-C)]
CPWET
Specific heat of water vapor = 0.444 Btu/(lbm-F)
[1.805 kJ/(kg-C)]
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
HCONST
Enthalpy constant = 1061 Btu/lbm [2468 kJ/kg]

The cooling coil should not be selected using the coil leaving humidity ratio printed in the psychrometric report since the actual value will
depend on the heat transfer characteristics of the selected coil. The proper way to select the coil is to use the Coil Entering conditions from
reference #159 in combination with the Coil Airflow (Ref #65), Coil Sensible Load (Ref #66) and Coil Latent Load (Ref #67) from the
Main System Peak Cooling Loads report.

Ref #165.

Supply Duct Heat Gain Temperature Difference

The supply duct heat gain temperature difference, DUCTTD, is user defined on the Create Systems - Fan Static Pressures screen. If the
Supply Duct Location is entered as RETAIR, the supply duct is located in the plenum, meaning that the increase in the supply air
temperature is due to heat picked up from the plenum air; this same amount of heat must then be subtracted from the return air load (see
Figure 2.37). If the Supply Duct Location is entered as OTHER, the supply duct will see an increase in the supply air temperature due to
heat picked up from surroundings other than the return air (see Figure 2.38).

Ref #166.

Cold Deck Supply Air

The cold deck supply air condition is the condition of the cold deck supply air just prior to the room terminal box. The cold deck supply air
condition will be different from the supply air condition that enters the space (Ref #165) only when supply air from the hot deck is mixed
at the terminal box (e.g., a multizone system).

DSADB c = CLDB psy + DRAWTD c + FDUCTD s + DUCTTD


Ref#
-------EQ 164a
EQ 161f
EQ 166a
EQ 165f
EQ 165f

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CLDB psy
Cooling coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
DRAWTD c
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
DSADB c
Cold deck supply air dry bulb, F [C]
after cooling coil, F [C]
DUCTTD
Supply/return duct heat gain temperature
difference, F [C]
FDUCTD s
Supply fan duct friction heat, F [C]

The cold deck supply air condition is checked against the minimum/maximum cooling supply air temperatures entered on the Create
Systems - Design Temperatures screen and reset if necessary.

Ref #167.

Supply Air Condition

The room terminal supply air temperature,SADBT c , differs from the cold deck supply air temperature,
DSADB c , when the cooling
coil is located at the zone or system level of a coil bypass (mixing) system.

SADBT c = DSADB c * [1 - (PCTBYP/100)] + (PCTBYP/100) * CEDB


Ref#
-------EQ 163a
EQ 166a
EQ 170

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CEDB c
Coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
DSADB c
Cooling supply air temperature, F [C]
PCTBYP
Percent of supply airflow bypassing the cooling
coil, %

59
EQ 167

Ref #168.

SADBT c

Terminal supply air temperature at cooling


design, F [C]

Percent Outside (Ventilation) Air

The percent ventilation value, PCTOA, printed here is the ratio of the ventilation airflow divided by the cooling coil airflow, NOT the ratio
of the ventilation airflow divided by the sum of the room supply airflows. Therefore, when the cooling coil airflow is based on the block
rather than sum-of-the-peaks space sensible load, PCTOA will most likely be greater than the ventilation percent entered in the Load
Section. In addition, if the ventilation deck (defined on the Create Systems = Options screen) is NOT equal to the return/outside air deck
(ROADK is the default), PCTOA will equal zero.

PCTOA = (OACFM / COILCF c ) x 100


Ref#
-------EQ 171
EQ 168
EQ 123

Ref #169.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------COILCF c
Cooling coil airflow, cfm [cms]
PCTOA
Percent outside air, %
OACFM
Outside air quantity brought through the
return/outside air deck, cfm [cms]

Sensible Heat Ratio

The sensible heat ratio is the ratio of the space sensible load to the space (sensible + latent) load. It should not be used for coil selection for
the reasons described in Reference #162.

SHR = QSENS sp,c / (QSENSP sp,c + QLAT sp,c )


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 60
QLAT sp,c
Space latent load at time of the space
peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 59
QSENSP sp,c
Space sensible load at time of the space
peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 169
SHR
Sensible heat ratio, decimal
Ref #170.

Percent of Supply Air Bypassing the Cooling Coil

The bypass percent is the portion of the return/outside airflow which bypasses the cooling coil and is not conditioned. This applies to
mixing systems which are based on "block" cooling capacity (such as multizone, constant volume double duct, terminal air blender, etc.).
See Figure 2.39.
The bypass percent is determined via an iterative procedure described in the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602). On the
final iteration, it is equal to:

PCTBYP = [1 - (COILCF c / FANCFM c )] x 100


Ref#
-------EQ 171
EQ 27
EQ 170

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------COILCF c
Cooling coil airflow, cfm [cms]
FANCFM c
Design fan cooling airflow, cfm [cms]
PCTBYP
Percent of supply air bypassing the cooling
coil, %

Do not confuse PCTBYP with the term "coil bypass factor" which has to do with cooling coil performance.

Ref #171.

Cooling Coil Airflow

Cooling coil airflow,COILCF c , is the amount of the fan airflow which passes through the cooling coil. It is not necessarily equal to
the design fan airflow. If the cooling coil sizing method is BLOCK OR BLK-INT, the coil airflow is based on the system block sensible
load. If the cooling coil sizing method is PEAK, PK-INT, or SKIN, the coil airflow is based on the sum-of-the-peaks sensible load. For
example, in a multizone system the fan airflow is based on the sum-of-the-room-peaks space load but the cooling coil is based on the block
space sensible load. This means that at the time of the coil block peak, a portion of the fan airflow proportional to the block space load
goes through the cooling coil (the cold deck) while the remainder is bypassed through the hot deck. The default settings of "block" and

60
"peak" listed in Table 2.10 may be overridden by user entry on the Create Systems - Cooling Overrides screen. The coil airflow may also
be overridden by specifying the cooling supply fan airflow onCreate
the Systems - Fan Overrides
screen, but only if the fan sizing method
(Table 2.7) and coil sizing methods (Table 2.10) are both based on BLOCK or BLK-INT sizing methods.

Figure 2.34 Psychrometrics for Draw-Through Supply Fan Arrangement with Motor in Return Air Stream

Figure 2.35 Psychrometrics for Typical Blow-Through Supply Fan Arrangement

61
Figure 2.36 Psychrometrics for Typical Draw-Through Supply Fan Arrangement

Figure 2.37 Psychrometrics for Draw-Through Supply Fan Arrangement with Duct Heat Picked Up from the Return Air Stream

Figure 2.38 Psychrometrics for Draw-Through Supply Fan Arrangement with Duct Heat Picked Up from the Surroundings, e.g., an
Unconditioned Corridor

62

Figure 2.39 Example of Psychrometrics for Multizone system

63

2.5 BUILDING ENVELOPE LOADS


Ref #92.

Roof Return Air Sensible Load (OA to plenum)

The roof return air sensible load,QCOND rf,ra , is the conduction load between the plenum air and the external roof temperature
and includes only that portion of the roof area exposed to a plenum.

QCOND rf,ra = AREA rf x (PCRRA/100) x UVAL rf x CLTD rf-pl


where

PCRRA = (AREA pl / AREA fl ) x 100


If no plenum exists, QCOND rf,ra is zero. Since the plenum area will equal the floor area (as long as PLENHT > 0) at the room
level, PCRRA will equal either 1 or zero at the room level. Zone and system-level values of PCRRA will depend on whether the room
assigned to them have a plenum or not.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 186
AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 186
AREA pl
Plenum area (equals the floor area if PLENHT > 0,
2 [m 2 ]
otherwise equals zero), ft
2
2
EQ 191
AREA rf
Nonglass roof area, ft
[m ]
EQ 93
CLTD rf-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the external roof
temperature, F [C]
EQ 176
PCRRA
Percent of roof conduction load seen by
plenum, %
EQ 92
QCOND rf,ra
Roof conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
RF 176
UVAL rf
Nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
Ref #93. Roof Return Air Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to plenum)

T he roof-to-plenum temperature difference,CLTD rf-pl , is referenced to the roof-to-space temperature difference,


CLTD rfsp , since the Load Phase calculated all conduction loads with respect to the design room temperature.
CLTD rf-pl = CLTD rf-sp + DSRMDB - PLENDB
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 93
CLTD rf-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the external
roof temperature, F [C]
EQ 95
CLTD rf-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the external
roof temperature, F [C]
RF 56/70 DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
Ref #94.

Roof Space Sensible Load (OA to space)

For the portion of the roof which has no plenum, the roof space sensible load,
QCOND rf,sp , is the conduction load between the
space air and the external roof temperature.

QCOND rf,sp = QLOAD rf x (1 - PCRRA/100)


= AREA rf x (1 - PCRRA/100) x UVAL rf x CLTD rf-sp
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 191
AREA rf
Nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 95
CLTD rf-sp
Effective cooling load temperature
difference between the space air
and the external roof temperature, F [C]

64
EQ 92

PCRRA

EQ 94
RF 94

QCOND rf,sp
QLOAD rf

EQ 176

UVAL rf

Percent of roof conduction load seen by


plenum, %
Roof conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
Roof conduction relative to room dry bulb per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
Nonglass roof U-value, B/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]

If a plenum exists, QCOND rf,sp is set to zero since the effect of roof conduction on the space becomes a function of the how the
roof conduction effects the plenum temperature (see Ref #91). Once the plenum temperature is either elevated or depressed, the roof
conduction load becomes part of the plenum or ceiling load on the space (see Ref #96).

Ref #95.

Roof Space Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to space)

The roof-to-space temperature difference,CLTD rf-sp , is printed out for the portion of the roof which has no plenum.

CLTD rf-sp = QLOAD rf / (AREA rf x UVAL rf )


= QCOND rf,sp / [AREA rf x (1 - PCRRA/100) x UVAL rf ]
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 191
AREA rf
Nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 95
CLTD rf-sp
Effective cooling load temperature
difference between the space air
and the external roof temperature, F [C]
EQ 92
PCRRA
Percent of roof conduction load seen by
plenum, %
EQ 94
QCOND rf,sp
Roof conduction load-to-space per the load
methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
RF 95
QLOAD rf
Roof conduction relative to room dry bulb per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 176
UVAL rf
Nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #97.

Skylight Space Solar

The skylight solar load to the space is a function of the internal and external shading less the percent assigned to return air.

QSOL sk,sp = AREA sk x (1 - PCEXT/100) x [(1 - PCSHAD/100) x


SC sk,ns x QLOAD sk,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC sk,sh x QLOAD sk,sh ] x
(1 - PCTSRA/100)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 189
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR EXSH PCEXT
Percent of skylight area affected
by external shading this hour, %
TR INSH PCSHAD
Percent of skylight which is
internally shaded this hour, %
TR SKYL PCTSRA
Percent of skylight solar assigned to
return air, %
RF 97
QLOAD sk,ns
Skylight solar load with no internal shading per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
RF 97
QLOAD sk,sh
Skylight solar load with internal shading per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 97
QSOL sk,sp
Skylight solar load on space, Btu/hr [W]
TR SKYL SC sk,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight not
internally shaded
TR INSH SC sk,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight
internally shaded

65
NOTE: Even when a skylight has been totally shaded by an external shading device,
QSOL sk,sp may be greater than zero since the
program assumes that diffuse solar radiation is not affected by the external shading device.

Ref #98. Skylight Return Air Solar


The skylight solar load to return air is a function of the internal and external shading and the percent assigned to return air.

QSOL sk,ra = AREA sk x (1 - PCEXT/100) x [(1 - PCSHAD/100) x SC sk,ns x


QLOAD sk,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC sk,sh x QLOAD sk,sh ] x
(PCTSRA/100)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 189
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR EXSH PCEXT
Percent of skylight area affected
by external shading this hour, %
TR INSH PCSHAD
Percent of skylight which is internally
shaded this hour, %
TR SKYL PCTSRA
Percent of skylight solar assigned to return
air, %
RF 98
QLOAD sk,ns
Skylight solar load with no internal shading per
the load methodology user defined on the
Load Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
RF 98
QLOAD sk,sh
Skylight solar load with internal shading per the
load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 98
QSOL sk,ra
Skylight solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
TR SKYL SC sk,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight not
internally shaded
TR INSH SC sk,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight
internally shaded
NOTE: Even when a skylight has been totally shaded by an external shading device,
QSOL sk,ra may be greater than zero since the
program assumes that diffuse solar radiation is not affected by the external shading device.

Ref #99.

Skylight Cooling Load Factor

The cooling load factor is the ratio of the hour's skylight solar load to the maximum solar heat gain factor for the month of the peak.

CLF sk =

nroofs
(QSOL sk,sp + QSOL sk,ra )
i=1
--------------------------------nroofs
(AREA sk,i x SC sk,i ) x SHGF max
i=1

where

SC sk = [1 - (PCSHAD/100)] x SC sk,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC sk,sh


Ref#
-------EQ 189
EQ 99
TR ROOF
TR INSH
EQ
EQ
EQ
TR

98
97
99
SKYL

TR INSH

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
CLF sk
Skylight cooling load factor
nroofs
Number of roofs for a given room
PCSHAD
Percent of skylight which is internally
shaded this hour, %
QSOL sk,ra
Skylight solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL sk,sp
Skylight solar load to space, Btu/hr [W]
SC sk
Effective skylight shading coefficient
SC sk,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight not
internally shaded
SC sk,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of skylight
internally shaded

66
RF 99

SHGF max

Maximum solar heat gain factor. For example, see


Table 11, Chapter 26 of the 1985 ASHRAE
2 [W/m 2 ]
Handbook of Fundamentals, Btu/hr-ft

The values of maximum solar heat gain listed in Table 11, Chapter 26 of the 1985 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals are based on a
ground reflectance of 0.2 and a clearness number of 1. User-defined values of ground reflectance and/or clearness number that differ
from these values will, of course, cause the program to generate different valuesSHGF
of max .
Also, the ASHRAE table was created for the median longitude for a particular time zone; thus, if the longitude assumed by the Weather
Library is located east of the median, the solar peaks will be shifted earlier in time and those west of the median will have their solar peaks
shifted later in time.

Ref #100.

Skylight Conduction Load to Return Air (OA to plenum)

The skylight return air sensible load,QCOND sk,ra , is the conduction load between the plenum air and the outside air dry bulb at
the time of the peak
.

QCOND sk,ra = AREA sk x PCRRA/100 x UVAL sk x CLTD sk-pl


If no plenum exists, QCOND sk,ra is zero.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 189
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 101
CLTD sk-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the outside air
dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 92
PCRRA
Percent of roof conduction load seen by
plenum, %
EQ 100
QCOND sk,ra
Skylight conduction load to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 174
UVAL sk
Effective skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
& 175
[W/m 2 -C]
Ref #101.

Skylight Return Air Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to plenum)

The skylight-to-plenum temperature difference,


CLTD sk-pl , is referenced to the skylight-to-space temperature difference,
CLTD sk-sp , since the program calculated all conduction loads with respect to the design room temperature.

CLTD sk-pl = CLTD sk-sp + DSRMDB - PLENDB


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 101
CLTD sk-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the outside air
dry bulb F [C]
EQ 103
CLTD sk-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the outside air dry
bulb, F [C]
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
Ref #102.

Skylight Space Conduction Load (OA to space)

For the portion of the skylights which have no plenum, the skylight space sensible load,
QCOND sk,sp , is the conduction load
between the space air and the outside air dry bulb at the time of the peak.

QCOND sk,sp = AREA sk x (1 - PCRRA/100) x UVAL sk x CLTD sk-sp


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 189
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 103
CLTD sk-sp
Effective cooling load temperature

67

EQ 91

PCRRA

EQ 102
EQ 174
& 175

QCOND sk,sp
UVAL sk

difference between the space air


and the outside air dry bulb, F [C]
Percent of roof conduction load seen by
plenum, %
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
Effective skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]

If a plenum exists, QCOND sk,sp is set to zero since the effect of skylight conduction on the space becomes a function of the how the
skylight conduction effects the plenum temperature (see Ref #91). Once the plenum temperature is either elevated or depressed, the
skylight conduction load becomes part of the plenum or ceiling load on the space (see Ref #96).

Ref #103.

Skylight Space Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to space)

The skylight-to-space temperature difference,


CLTD sk-sp , is printed out for the portion of the skylights which have no plenum.

CLTD sk-sp = QLOAD sk / (AREA sk x UVAL sk )


= QCOND sk,sp / [AREA sk x (1 - PCRRA/100) x UVAL sk ]
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 189
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 103
CLTD sk-sp
Effective cooling load temperature
difference between the space air
and the external roof temperature, F [C]
EQ 92
PCRRA
Percent of roof conduction load seen by
plenum, %
EQ 106
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load-to-space per the load
methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
RF 103
QLOAD sk
Skylight conduction relative to room dry bulb
per the load methodology user defined on the
Load Parameters screen, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 176
UVAL sk
Effective skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
Figure 2.18 Example of Wall/Glass Building Envelope Cooling Load Reports

Figure 2.19 Example of Wall/Glass Building Envelope Heating Load Reports

Ref #104.

Wall Return Air Conduction Load (OA to plenum)

The wall return air sensible load,QCOND wl,ra , is the conduction load between the plenum air and the external wall temperature and
includes only that portion of the wall area exposed to a plenum.

QCOND wl,ra = AREA wl x (PCWRA/100) x UVAL wl x CLTD wl-pl


If no plenum exists, QCOND wl,ra is zero.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 194
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 105
CLTD wl-p l
Effective cooling load temperature
difference between the plenum air
and the external wall temperature, F [C]
EQ 104
PCWRA
Percent of nonglass wall area exposed
to the plenum, %
EQ 104
QCOND wl,ra
Wall conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 179
UVAL wl
Nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]

68
If part of the external wall area is exposed to the plenum rather than the space, that part of the wall will impose a load on the plenum rather
than the space. The percent of the non-glass wall conduction load which imposes a load on the plenum,
PCWLRA i , is proportional to
the plenum (non-glass) wall area divided by the net (non-glass) wall area, i.e.,

PCWLRA j = [(PLENHT / FLFLHT) * AREA wt,j - AREA gl,j * (PCGLRA j /100)] *


100 * RAFLAG / (AREA wt,j - AREAGL j )
nwalls
nwalls
PCWRA = (AREA wl,j * PCWLRA j ) / AREA wl,j
j=1
j=1
Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 194
EQ 194
TR GENL
TR WALL
TR WALL
TR WALL
EQ 104
EQ 104
EQ 104
TR GENL
TR LSIM
Ref #105.

Variable
------------AREA gl,j
AREA wl,j
AREA wt,j
FLFLHT
HEIGHT wl
LENGTH wl
nwalls
PCGLRA j
PCWLRA j
PCWRA
PLENHT
RAFLAG

Description
----------------------------------------------Wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
Non-glass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
Total wall area (including glass), ft 2 [m 2 ]
Floor-to-floor height, ft [m]
Wall height, ft [m]
Wall length, ft [m]
Number of walls entered for a given room
Percent of glass to return air, %
Percent wall to return air for wall number j, %
Percent wall to return air for a given room %
Plenum height, ft [m]
Return air flag; = 1 if Yes, = 0 if No

Wall Return Air Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to plenum)

The wall-to-plenum temperature difference,


CLTD wl-pl , is referenced to the wall-to-space temperature difference,
CLTD wl-sp ,
since the program calculated all conduction loads with respect to the design room temperature.

CLTD wl-pl = CLTD wl-sp + DSRMDB - PLENDB


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 105
CLTD wl-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the external
wall temperature, F [C]
EQ 107
CLTD wl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the external
wall temperature, F [C]
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
Ref #106.

Wall Space Conduction Load (OA to space)

The wall space sensible load,QCOND wl,sp , is the conduction load between the space air and the external wall temperature and
includes only the portion of the wall not exposed to a plenum.

QCOND wl,sp = QLOAD wl x (1 - PCWRA/100)


= AREA wl x (1 - PCWRA/100) x UVAL wl x CLTD wl-sp
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 194
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 107
CLTD wl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the external wall
temperature, F [C]
EQ 104
PCWRA
Percent of nonglass wall area exposed to the
plenum, %
PLENHT
Plenum height, ft [m]
EQ 106
QCOND wl,sp
Wall conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
RF 106
QLOAD wl
Wall conduction relative to room dry bulb per
the load methodology user defined on the Load

69

EQ 179
Ref #107.

UVAL wl

Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering


Manual), Btu/hr [W]
Nonglass wall U-value, B/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]

Wall Space Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to space)

The wall-to-space temperature difference,


CLTD wl-sp , is printed out for the portion of the wall which has no plenum.

CLTD wl-sp = QLOAD wl / (AREA wl x UVAL wl )


= QCOND wl,sp / [AREA wl x (1 - PCWRA/100) x UVAL wl ]
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 194
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 107
CLTD wl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the external wall
temperature, F [C]
EQ 104
PCWRA
Percent of nonglass wall area exposed to the
plenum, %
EQ 106
QCOND wl,sp
Wall conduction load-to-space per the load
methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
RF 107
QLOAD wl
Wall conduction relative to room dry bulb per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
EQ 179
UVAL wl
Nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #108.

Glass Space SolarLoad

The glass solar load to the space is a function of the internal and external shading less the percent assigned to return air.

QSOL gl,sp = AREA gl x (1 - PCEXT/100) x [(1 - PCSHAD/100) x SC gl,ns x


QLOAD gl,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC gl,sh x QLOAD gl,sh ] x
(1 - PCTGRA/100)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl
Glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR EXSH PCEXT
Percent of glass area affected by external
shading this hour, %
TR INSH PCSHAD
Percent of glass which is internally shaded
this hour, %
TR GLAS PCTGRA
Percent of glass solar assigned to return
air, %
RF 108
QLOAD gl,ns
Glass solar load with no internal shading per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual) Btu/hr [W]
RF 108
QLOAD gl,sh
Glass solar load with internal shading per the
load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
EQ 108
QSOL gl,sp
Glass solar load on space, Btu/hr [W]
TR GLAS SC gl,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of glass not
internally shaded
TR INSH SC gl,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of glass
internally shaded
NOTE: Even when glass has been totally shaded by an external shading device,
QSOL gl,sp may be greater than zero since the
program assumes that diffuse solar radiation is not affected by the external shading device.

109.

Glass Return Air Solar Load

70
The glass solar load to return air is a function of the internal and external shading and the percent assigned to return air.

QSOL gl,ra = AREA gl x (1 - PCEXT/100) x [(1 - PCSHAD/100) x SC gl,ns x


QLOAD gl,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC gl,sh x QLOAD gl,sh ] x
(PCTGRA/100)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl
Glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR EXSH PCEXT
Percent of glass area affected by external
shading this hour, %
TR INSH PCSHAD
Percent of glass which is internally shaded this
hour, %
TR GLAS PCTGRA
Percent of glass solar assigned to return air, %
RF 109
QLOAD gl,ns
Glass solar load with no internal shading per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
RF 109
QLOAD gl,sh
Glass solar load with internal shading per the
load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
EQ 109
QSOL gl,ra
Glass solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
TR GLAS SC gl,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of glass not
internally shaded
TR INSH SC gl,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of glass
internally shaded
NOTE: Even when glass has been totally shaded by an external shading device,
QSOL gl,ra may be greater than zero since the
program assumes that diffuse solar radiation is not affected by the external shading device.

Ref #110.

Glass Solar Cooling Load Factor

The cooling load factor is the ratio of the hour's glass solar load to the maximum solar heat gain factor for the month of the peak.

CLF gl =

nwalls
(QSOL gl,sp + QSOL gl,ra )
i=1
--------------------------------nwalls
(AREA gl,i x SC gl,i ) x SHGF max
i=1

where

SC gl = [1 - (PCSHAD/100)] x SC gl,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x SC gl,sh


Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 110
TR WALL
TR INSH
EQ
EQ
EQ
RF

109
108
110
110

TR GLAS
TR INSH

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl
Glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
CLF gl
Glass cooling load factor
nwalls
Number of LOAD 24 Cards (Wall Parameter Screens)
entered by user for a given room
PCSHAD
Percent of glass which is internally shaded this
hour, %
QSOL gl,ra
Glass solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL gl,sp
Glass solar load to space, Btu/hr [W]
SC gl
Effective glass shading coefficient
SHGF max
Maximum solar heat gain factor. For example, see
Table 11,Chapter 26 of the 1985 ASHRAE
2 [W/m 2 ]
Handbook of Fundamentals, Btu/hr-ft
SC gl,ns
Shading coefficient for portion of glass not
internally shaded
SC gl,sh
Shading coefficient for portion of glass
internally shaded

71
The values of maximum solar heat gain listed in Table 11, Chapter 26 of the 1985 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals are based on a
ground reflectance of 0.2 and a clearness number of 1. User-defined values of ground reflectance and/or clearness number that differ
from these values will, of course, cause the program to generate different values
SHGF
of max .
Also, the ASHRAE table was created for the median longitude for a particular time zone; thus, if the longitude assumed by the Weather
Library is located east of the median, the solar peaks will be shifted earlier in time and those west of the median will have their solar peaks
shifted later in time.

Ref #111. Glass Space Conduction Load (OA to space)


For the portion of the windows not exposed to a plenum, the glass space sensible load,
QCOND gl,sp , is the conduction load between
the space air and the outside air dry bulb at the time of the peak.

QCOND gl,sp = AREA gl x (1 - PCTGRA/100) x UVAL gl x CLTD gl-sp


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl
glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 112
CLTD gl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the outside air dry
bulb, F [C]
EQ 104
PCTGRA
Percent of Glass to return air, %
EQ 111
QCOND gl,sp
Glass conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 113
UVAL gl
Effective glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
If a plenum exists, QCOND gl,sp is set to zero since the effect of glass conduction on the space becomes a function of the how the
glass conduction effects the plenum temperature (see Ref #91). Once the plenum temperature is either elevated or depressed, the glass
conduction load becomes part of the plenum or ceiling load on the space (see Ref #96).

Ref #112.

Glass Space Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to space)

The glass-to-space temperature difference,


CLTD gl-sp , is printed out for the portion of the glass which has no plenum.

CLTD gl-sp = QLOAD gl / (AREA gl x UVAL gl )


= QCOND gl,sp / [AREA gl x (1 - PCTGRA/100) * UVAL gl ]
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl
Wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 112
CLTD gl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the external wall
temperature, F [C]
TR GLAS PCTGRA
Percent of glass solar assigned to the plenum, %
EQ 111
QCOND gl,sp
Glass conduction load-to-space per the load
methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
RF 112
QLOAD gl
Glass conduction relative to room dry bulb per
the load methodology user defined on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen (see Engineering
Manual), Btu/hr [W]
EQ 113
UVAL gl
Effective glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #113.

Glass Return Air Conduction Load (OA to plenum)

The glass return air sensible load,QCOND gl,ra , is the conduction load between the plenum air and the outside air dry bulb at the
time of the peak.

QCOND gl,ra = AREA gl x (PCTGRA/100 x UVAL gl x CLTD gl-pl


where

72
UVAL gl = [1-(PCSHAD/100)] x UVAL gl,ns + (PCSHAD/100) x UVAL gl,sh
If no plenum exists, QCOND gl,ra is zero.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl
glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 114
CLTD gl-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the outside air
dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 104
PCTGRA
Percent of Glass to return air, %
TR INSH PCSHAD
Percent of glass which is internally shaded this
hour, %
EQ 113
QCOND gl,ra
Glass conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 113
UVAL gl
Effective glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
EQ 177
UVAL gl,ns
U-value for portion of glass, not internally
& 178
shaded, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
TR INSH UVAL gl,sh
U-value for portion of glass internally shaded,
Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #114.

Glass Return Air Cooling Load Temperature Difference (OA to plenum)

The glass-to-plenum temperature difference,


CLTD gl-pl , is referenced to the glass-to-space temperature difference,
CLTD glsp , since the program calculated all conduction loads with respect to the design room temperature.

CLTD gl-pl = CLTD gl-sp + DSRMDB - PLENDB


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 114
CLTD gl-pl
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the plenum air and the outside air
dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 111
CLTD gl-sp
Effective cooling load temperature difference
between the space air and the outside air dry
bulb, F [C]
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]

Figure 2.20 Example of Partition/Floor Building Envelope Cooling Load Reports


Figure 2.21 Example of Partition/Floor Building Envelope Heating Load Reports

Ref #115. Floor Conduction Load

QCOND xf = QLOAD xf
= AREA xf x UVAL xf x CLTD xf
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 188
AREA xf
Exposed floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 116
CLTD xf
Exposed Floor cooling load temperature
difference, F [C]
EQ 115
QCOND xf
Exposed Floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
RF 115
QLOAD xf
Exposed floor conduction load, determined by the
load methodology user selected on the Load
2 [W/m 2 ]
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr-ft
EQ 173
UVAL xf
Exposed Floor U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]

73
Ref #116. Floor Cooling Load Temperature Difference

QCOND xf
CLTD xf = ---------------UVAL xf x AREA xf
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 188
AREA xf
Exposed floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 116
CLTD xf
Exposed floor cooling load temperature
difference, F [C]
EQ 115
QCOND xf
Exposed floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 173
UVAL xf
Exposed floor U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #117.

Partition Conduction Load

QCOND pt = QLOAD pt
= AREA pt x UVAL pt x CLTD pt
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 187
AREA pt
Partition area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 118
CLTD pt
Partition cooling load temperature difference,
F [C]
EQ 117
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
RF 117
QLOAD pt
Partition conduction load determined by the load
methodology user selected on the Load
2 [W/m 2 ]
Simulation Parameters screen, Btu/hr-ft
EQ 172
UVAL pt
Partition U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #118.

Partition Cooling Load Temperature Difference

QCOND pt
CLTD pt = ---------------UVAL pt x AREA pt
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 187
AREA pt
Partition area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 118
CLTD pt
Partition cooling load temperature difference,
F [C]
EQ 117
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 172
UVAL pt
Partition U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Ref #119.

Infiltration Airflow

CFMINF = INFVAL * CONV air * (PCTINF t / 100)


Ref#
-------EQ 119
TB 2.2
TR OACF
TR LSCH
Ref #120.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CFMINF
Infiltration airflow at time of peak, cfm [cms]
CONV air
Airflow conversion factor
INFVAL
Infiltration value
PCTINF t
Percent infiltration this hour, %

Infiltration Sensible Load

QINFS

= K * CFMINF * (OADB

- DSRMDB)

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 119
CFMINF
Infiltration airflow at time of peak, cfm [cms]
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]

74
& 70
17

EQ

RF 55
OADB t
& 62,69,75
EQ 120
QINFS
Ref #121.

Density-specific heat product,


Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
Outside air dry bulb at time of peak, F [C]
Infiltration sensible load, Btu/hr [W]

Infiltration Latent Load

QINFL

= LFAC * CFMINF * (DSRMW - OAW

t ) / CWRT

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 119
CFMINF
Infiltration airflow at time of peak, cfm [cms]
RF 121
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
EQ 154d DSRMW
Room design humidity ratio, grains
3 ) [J/m 3 ]
EQ 19
LFAC
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
RF 55
OAW t
Humidity ratio at time of peak, grains
& 62,69,75
EQ 121
QINFL
Infiltration latent load, Btuh [W]
Ref #91.

Plenum Dry Bulb Temperature

The program assumes that the plenum temperature is equally mixed (i.e., constant) for each system. Using system-level load components
in an energy balance, the plenum temperature is given by:

PLENDB = [QRPLEN + QLPLEN + UACEIL*DSRMDB + UAR*TRCOND +


K*(BPPLCF*BPDB c - DSCFM c *DUCTTD*SDFLAG + OVPLCF*OADB ov +
RAPLCF*RADB + RRPLCF*RRDB)] / (UACEIL + UAR + K*PLENCF)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 166a BPDB c
Cold deck bypass dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 150
BPPLCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through plenum,
cfm [cms]
TR FNSP DUCTTD
Cooling supply air heat pickup, F [C]
EQ 58
DSCFM c
Main cooling supply airflow, cfm [cms]
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 124
OADB ov
Outside air dry bulb supplied by the optional
& 134
ventilation unit, F [C]
EQ 150
OVPLCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through
plenum, cfm [cms]
EQ 150
PLENCF
Plenum airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
EQ 80
QLPLEN
Portion of lighting heat gain (QLITES
t,ra ) which
becomes a plenum load, Btu/hr [W]
RF 66
QRPLEN
Portion of return air heat gain (QRASLD)
which becomes a plenum load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 153
RADB
Return air dry bulb at return air grilles, F [C]
EQ 151
RRDB
Runaround air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 150
RAPLCF
Return air routed through plenum, cfm [cms]
EQ 150
RRPLCF
Runaround airflow routed though plenum, cfm [cms]
TR FNSP SDFLAG
Supply duct heat pickup flag: = 1 if duct heat
picked up from RETAIR; equals 0 otherwise.
Also equal to 0 for design heating
calculations.
RF 91
TRCOND
Effective external roof conduction temperature,
F [C]
RF 91
UACEIL
Ceiling U-value x area, Btu/hr-F [W-C]
RF 91
UAR
Effective roof U-value x area, Btu/hr-F [W-C]
The overall U-value x Area for all external conduction surfaces that see the plenum is given by:

75
nroofs
[(UVAL rf,i *AREA rf,i *UVAL sk,i ) + AREA sk,i *(PCSKRA i /100)] +
i=1

UAR =

nwalls
{[UVAL wl,j *AREA wl,j *(PCWLRA j /100)] + [UVAL gl,j *AREA gl,j *(PCGLRA j /100)]}
j=1
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 192
AREA gl,j
Portion of glass area exposed to a plenum
EQ 191
AREA rf,i
Nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 189
AREA sk,i
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
EQ 194
AREA wl,j
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR ROOF nroofs
Number of roofs
EQ 104
PCGLRA j
Percent of glass to return air, %
TR SKLT PCSKRA i
Percent skylight solar to return air
for a roof number i, %
EQ 104
PCWLRA j
Percent wall to return air for wall number j, %
EQ 111
UVAL gl,j
Effective glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
RF 176
UVAL rf,i
Nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
EQ 179
UVAL wl,j
Nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
EQ 174
UVAL sk,i
Effective skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
& 175
[W/m 2 -C]
RF 91
UAR
Effective roof U-value x area, Btu/hr-F [W-C]
The effective external roof conduction temperature is given by:

TRCOND = DSRMDB + (QCOND rf,ra + QCOND sk,ra + QCOND wl,ra + QCOND gl,ra ) / UAR
Ref#
-------RF 56
& 70
EQ 111
EQ 92
EQ 100

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]

EQ 104
RF 91

QCOND wl,ra
TRCOND

RF 91

UAR

QCOND gl,ra
QCOND rf,ra
QCOND sk,ra

Glass conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]


Roof conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
Skylight conduction load to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
Wall conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
Effective external roof conduction temperature,
F [C]
Effective roof U-value x area, Btu/hr-F [W-C]

The plenum humidity ratio is derived in a manner similar to the plenum dry bulb.

PLENW = [LFAC*(BPPLCF*BPW + OVPLCF*OAW


QMISCL pl /
(LFAC*PLENCF)

ov + RAPLCF*RAW + RRPLCF*RRW)] +

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 150
BPPLCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through plenum,
cfm [cms]
EQ 166d BPW
Cold deck bypass air humidity ratio,
grains
EQ 19
LFAC
Latent heat factor,
Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft 3 ) [J/m 3 ]
EQ 125
OAW ov
Humidity ratio of outside air supplied by the
optional ventilation unit, grains
EQ 150
OVPLCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through
plenum, cfm [cms]
EQ 150
PLENCF
Plenum airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 91
PLENW
Plenum humidity ratio, grains
RF 53a
QMISCL pl
Miscellaneous load assigned to the plenum,
Btu/hr [W]

76
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

150
153
150
151

RAPLCF
RAW
RRPLCF
RRW

Return air routed through plenum, cfm [cms]


Return air humidity ratio, grains
Runaround air routed through plenum, cfm [cms]
Runaround air humidity ratio, grains

For a more detailed discussion of plenum calculations, see the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602).
Ref #96.

Ceiling Conduction Load (plenum to space)

If there is no plenum (i.e., PLENHT or UACEIL = 0), all of the roof load is conducted into the space, otherwise the ceiling load is
referenced to the plenum temperature:

If (PLENHT and UACEIL 0) Then QCEIL


Ref#
-------EQ 56
& 70
EQ 91
TR GENL
EQ 96
EQ 180
& 186
Ref #122.

= UACEIL * (PLENDB - DSRMDB)

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
PLENDB
PLENHT
QCEIL
UACEIL

Plenum temperature, F [C]


Plenum height, ft [m]
Ceiling load into space, Btu/hr [W]
Ceiling U-value x plenum area, Btu/(hr-ft
[W/(m 2 -C)]

2 -F)

Envelope Total

The sum of the envelope components, including infiltration, is available for user reference although it is not used explicitly in any load or
design calculations, e.g., coils or fans sized according to the "SKIN" sizing method do NOT include roof, ceiling, infiltration, or any wall
components assigned to the plenum.

QTOT env = QCOND rf,ra + QCOND rf,sp + QCEIL + QCOND sk,ra + QCOND sk,sp +
QSOL sk,ra + QSOL sk,sp + QCOND wl,ra + QCOND wl,sp + QCOND gl,ra +
QCOND gl,sp + QSOL gl,ra + QSOL gl,sp + QCOND pt + QCOND xf +
QINFS + QINFL
Ref#
-------EQ 96
EQ 113
EQ 113
EQ 117
EQ 92
EQ 94
EQ 100
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

102
104
106
113
121
120
109
108
98
98
122

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QCEIL
Ceiling load into space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND gl,ra
Glass conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND gl,sp
Glass conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND pt
Partition conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,ra
Roof conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND rf,sp
Roof conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND sk,ra
Skylight conduction load to return air,
Btu/hr [W]
QCOND sk,sp
Skylight conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,ra
Wall conduction load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND wl,sp
Wall conduction load to space, Btu/hr [W]
QCOND xf
Exposed Floor conduction load, Btu/hr [W]
QINFL
Infiltration latent load, Btu/hr [W]
QINFS
Infiltration sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL gl,ra
Glass solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL gl,sp
Glass solar load on space, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL sk,ra
Skylight solar load to return air, Btu/hr [W]
QSOL sk,sp
Skylight solar load on space, Btu/hr [W]
QTOT env
Total envelope load, Btu/hr [W]

77

2.6 INTERNAL LOADS


Ref #80. Lighting Space Sensible Load
The maximum lighting load which occurred during the month of the (coil or fan) peak is given by:

QLITES max = VAL lit x CONV lit x BALLAST x (PCLIT max /100) x (1 - PCDAYL/100)
The zone and system-level block lighting loads are multiplied by the user-defined lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,sp = (VAR lit /100) x [1-(PCLRA/100)] x QLITES

max x QLOAD t,lit

The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak lighting loads ignore the lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,sp = [1-(PCLRA/100)] x QLITES max x QLOAD t,lit


Ref#
-------TR PLIT
TB 2.16
TR LSCH
TR DAYL
TR PLIT
EQ 80
EQ 80
RF 80

TR CLGC
TR PLIT

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BALLAST
Ballast factor
CONV lit
Lighting conversion constant
PCLIT max
Maximum scheduled lighting percent during day of
peak, %
PCDAYL
Percent of lighting power off because of
daylighting controls, %
PCLRA
Percent lights to return air, %
QLITES max
Maximum lighting heat gain occurring during day
of peak, Btu/hr [W]
QLITES t,sp
Lighting space sensible load at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
QLOAD t,lit
Lighting sensible load fraction at time of peak;
a function of the load methodology user
selected on the Load Parameters
screen. See Engineering Manual, decimal
VAR lit
Lighting variance, %
VAL lit
Lighting value

Table 2.16 Lighting Value Conversion Factors

Units Acronym
BTUH
BTUH-SF
KW
MBH
TONS
WATT-SF
WATT-SM
WATTS

Description
Btu/hr
Btu/(hr-ft2)
Kilowatt
1000 Btuh
Tons
Watt/ft2
Watt/m2
Watts

Conversion Factor, CONVlit


English
SI
DUPMLT
.293*DUPMLT
AREAfl
.293*AREAfl
3413*DUPMLT
1000*DUPMLT
1000
293*DUPMLT
12000
3515.97
3.413*AREAfl
AREAfl/.0929
.3171*AREAfl
AREAfl
3.413*DUPMLT
DUPMLT

AREAfl = Floor area in ft 2 [m2]. See Ref #186.


DUPMLT = Duplicate multiplier. = (Number of duplicate floors per room) x (Number of duplicate rooms per floor)

If the return air is ducted through the lighting fixtures (i.e., the Fixture Type was entered as ASHRAE4, RECFL-RS, or RECFL-RA, and
the Return Air Path as DUCTED) or if the plenum height has been entered as zero, the portion of the lighting load assigned to return air is
assumed to be picked up by the return air stream via ductwork.

IF [(LITTYP = ASHRAE4, RECFL-RS, or RECFL-RA, and RAPATH = DUCTED) or PLENHT


= 0]
Then
QLDUCT
QLPLEN
Otherwise
QLDUCT
QLPLEN

= QLITES t,ra
= 0
= 0
= QLITES t,ra

78
Any heat of lights picked up by ducted return air through the lighting fixtures is initially assumed to be routed through the DUCTED air
path (i.e., airflows with Air Path equal to DUCTED). If the ducted airflow is zero, the program assumes the heat of lights was picked up
by one of the other air paths.

If (DUCTCF > 0)
Then
QLDTRA = 0
Otherwise
QLDTRA = QLDUCT
QLDUCT = 0
However, if the total return airflow prior to the system exhaust is zero, any lighting loads assigned to return air are dumped back into the
space.

If (RACFMT = 0) Then QLDTRA = 0


QLITSP = QLITES t,sp + QLITES t,ra - QLPLEN - QLDUCT - QLDTRA
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR PLIT ASHRAE4
Acronym indicating that the return air is
ducted through the light fixture (see Table
15, Chapter 26 of the 1985 ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals)
EQ 149
DUCTCF
Total ducted airflow, cfm [cms]
RF 123
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the return air duct.
TR PLIT LITTYP
Lighting Fixture Type
TR GENL PLENHT
Plenum height, ft [m]
RF 80
QLDTRA
Portion of lighting room load pickup up by the
return air stream just prior to the system
exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
RF 80
QLDUCT
Portion of lighting room load picked up by the
ducted return airstream and not seen by the
plenum, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 81
QLITES t,ra
Lighting return air sensible at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 80
QLITES t,sp
Lighting return air sensible load at time of coil
peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 80
QLITSP
Portion of total lighting heat gain (QLITES
t ) which
becomes a space load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 80
QLPLEN
Portion of return lighting heat gain (QLITES
t,ra ) which
becomes a plenum load, Btu/hr [W]
TR PLIT RECFL-RS
Acronym indicating that both the supply and return air
are ducted through the light fixtures
TR PLIT RECFL-RA
Acronym indicating that the return air is
ducted through the light fixtures
EQ 153
RACFMT
Total return airflow just prior to the main
exhaust, cfm [cms]
TB 2.21 RAPATH
Return air path
& TR FNSP
Ref #81.

Lighting Return Air Sensible Load

The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak lighting loads ignore the lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,ra = (PCLRA/100) x QLITES max x

QLOAD t,lit

The zone and system-level block lighting loads are multiplied by the user-defined lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,ra = (VAR lit /100) x (PCLRA/100) x QLITES max x QLOAD t,lit
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR PLIT BALLAST
Ballast factor

79
TR PLIT
EQ 80

PCLRA
QLITES max

EQ 81

QLITES t,ra

TR CLGC

QLOAD t,lit

TR CLGC
TR PLIT

VAR lit
VAL int

Ref #82.

Percent lights to return air, %


Maximum lighting heat gain occurring during day
of peak, Btu/hr [W]
Lighting return air sensible at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
Lighting sensible load fraction at time of peak;
per the methodology user selected on the Load
Simulation Parameters screen, decimal
Lighting variance, %
Lighting value

Lighting Cooling Load Factor

The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak lighting loads ignore the lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,sp + QLITES t,ra


CLF lit = ----------------------QLITES max
The zone and system-level block lighting loads are multiplied by the user-defined lighting variance factor:

QLITES t,sp + QLITES t,ra


CLF lit = -----------------------(VAR int /100) x QLITES max
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 82
CLF lit
Lighting cooling load factor, decimal
EQ 80
QLITES max
Maximum lighting heat gain occurring during day
of peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 80
QLITES t,sp
Lighting return air sensible load at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 81
QLITES t,ra
Lighting space sensible load at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
TR CLGC VAR lit
Lighting variance factor, %
Ref #83.

People Sensible Load

The maximum people sensible heat gain during the day of the (coil or fan) peak is given by:

QPEOPS max = NPEOP * PEOPS * (PCPEOP max / 100)


where

NPEOP = VAL peop * CONV peop


The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak sensible people loads ignore the people variance factor:

QPEOPS t = QPEOPS max x QLOAD t,peop


The zone and system-level block sensible people loads are multiplied by the user-defined people variance factor:

QPEOPS t = (VAR peop /100) x QPEOPS max x QLOAD t,peop


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 2.17
CONV peop
People value conversion factor
EQ 83
NPEOP
Number of people, people
TR LSCH
PCPEOP max
Maximum scheduled people percent during day of
peak, %
TR PLIT
PEOPS
Sensible heat gain per person, Btuh/person
[W/person]
RF 83
QLOAD t,peop People sensible load fraction at time of peak;
determined from load methodology user
selected on the Load Parameters

80
EQ 83

QPEOPS max

EQ 83

QPEOPS t

TR CLGC
TR PLIT

VAR int
VAL peop

screen, decimal
Maximum people sensible heat gain occurring
during day of peak, Btu/hr [W]
People sensible heat gain at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
People variance, %
People value

Table 2.17 People Value Conversion Factors

Units Acronym
PEOP-SF
PEOP-SM
PEOPLE

Description
People/ft2
People/m2
People

1Conversion Factor, CONVpeop


English
SI
AREAfl
AREAfl/.0929
AREAfl*.0929
AREAfl
DUPMLT
1

AREAfl = Floor area in ft 2 [m2]. See Ref #186


DUPMLT = Duplicate multiplier = (Number of duplicate floors per room) x (Number of duplicate rooms per floor)

Ref #84.

People Latent Load

The people latent heat gain, QPEOPL, is treated as an instantaneous load. The maximum people latent heat gain during the day of the
(coil or fan) peak is given by:

QPEOPL max = NPEOP * PEOPL * (PCPEOP max / 100)


The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak latent people loads ignore the people variance factor:

QPEOPL t = QPEOPL max


The zone and system-level block latent people loads are multiplied by the user-defined people variance factor:

QPEOPL t = (VAR peop /100) * QPEOPL max


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 83
NPEOP
Number of people
TR LSCH PCPEOP max
Maximum scheduled people percent during day
of peak, %
TR PLIT PEOPL
Latent heat gain per person, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 84
QPEOPL max
Maximum people latent heat gain occurring during
day of peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 84
QPEOPL t
People latent heat gain at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]
TR CLGC VAR peop
People variance user defined on the Create Rooms Cooling Overrides screen, %
Ref #85.

People Cooling Load Factor

The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak sensible people loads ignore the people variance factor:

CLF peop = QPEOPS t / QPEOPS max


The room, zone and system-level block sensible people loads must be divided by the people variance factor:

QPEOPS t
CLF peop = ------------------------QPEOPS max * (VAR peop /100)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 85
CLF peop
People cooling load factor, decimal
EQ 83
QPEOPS max
Maximum people sensible heat gain occurring during day
of peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 83
QPEOPS t
People sensible heat gain at time of peak,
Btu/hr [W]

81
TR CLGC
Ref #86.

VAR peop

Internal people variance, %

Miscellaneous Space Sensible Load

The maximum miscellaneous space sensible load occurring during the day of the (coil or fan) peak is given by:

nmisc
MAXMSP = [QMISC j * (PCTMS j /100) * (PCTMSP j /100)]
j=1
where

QMISC j = VAL misc,j * CONV misc * (PCMISC max /100)


The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak miscellaneous sensible loads ignore the miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,sp =

MAXMSP * QLOAD t,misc

The zone and system-level block miscellaneous sensible loads are multiplied by the user-defined miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,sp =

(VAR misc /100) * MAXMSP * QLOAD t,misc

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 2.18 CONV misc
Miscellaneous value conversion factor
EQ 86
MAXMSP
Maximum miscellaneous sensible heat gain
assigned to space, Btu/hr [W]
TR MISC NMISC
Number of miscellaneous pieces entered by the
user for a given room
TR LSCH PCMISC max
Maximum percent utilization for miscellaneous
equipment during day of peak, %
TR MISC PCTMS
Percent of miscellaneous equipment heat gain
which is sensible, %
TR MISC PCTMSP
Percent of miscellaneous equipment sensible heat
gain which is assigned to the space, %
RF 86
QLOAD t,misc
Misc sensible load fraction at time of peak;
determined from load methodology user
selected on the Load Parameters
screen, decimal
EQ 86
QMISC;
Miscellaneous equipment heat gain for a particular room,
Btu/hr [W]
EQ 86
QMISCS t,sp
Miscellaneous space sensible equipment heat gain
at time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
TR MISC VAL misc
Miscellaneous equipment value entered by the user
TR MISC VAR misc
Miscellaneous equipment variance, %
Table 2.18 Miscellaneous Value Conversion Factors

Units Acronym
BTUH
BTUH-SF
KW
MBH
TONS
WATT-SF
WATT-SM
WATTS

Description
Btu/hr
Btu/(hr-ft2)
Kilowatt
1000 Btuh
Tons
Watt/ft2
Watt/m2
Watts

Conversion Factor, CONVmisc


English
SI
DUPMLT
.293*DUPMLT
AREAfl
.293*AREAfl
3413*DUPMLT
1000*DUPMLT
1000
293*DUPMLT
12000
3515.97
3.413*AREAfl
AREAfl/.0929
.3171*AREAfl
AREAfl
3.413*DUPMLT
DUPMLT

AREAfl = Floor area in ft 2 [m2]. See Ref #186


DUPMLT = Duplicate multiplier = (Number of duplicate floors per room) x (Number of duplicate rooms per floor)

Ref #87.

Miscellaneous Space Latent Load

82
The miscellaneous latent load is treated as an instantaneous room load. The maximum miscellaneous latent load occurring during the day
of the (coil or fan) peak is given by:

nmisc
MAXML = [QMISC j * (PCTML j /100) ] * PCMISC max
j=1
The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak miscellaneous latent loads ignore the miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCL t,sp =

MAXML * PCMSSP/100

QMISCL t,ra =

MAXML * PCMSRA/100

The zone and system-level block miscellaneous latent loads are multiplied by the user-defined miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCL t,sp =

(VAR misc /100) * MAXML * PCMSSP/100

QMISCL t,ra =

(VAR misc /100) * MAXML * PCMSRA/100

Ref#
-------TB 2.18
EQ 87
TR MISC
TR LSCH
TR LSCH
TR LSCH
TR MISC
EQ 86
EQ 87
EQ 87
TR MISC
TR CLGC

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CONV misc
Miscellaneous value conversion factor
MAXML
Maximum miscellaneous latent heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
NMISC
Number of miscellaneous pieces entered by the
user for a given room
PCMISC max
Maximum percent utilization for miscellaneous
equipment during day of peak, %
PCMSSP
Percent miscellaneous assigned to the space, %
PCMSRA
Percent miscellaneous assigned to return air, %
PCTML
Percent of miscellaneous equipment heat gain
which is latent, %
QMISC j
Miscellaneous equipment heat gain for a particular room,
Btu/hr [W]
QMISCL t,sp
Misc latent heat gain assigned to space at
time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
QMISCL t,ra
Misc latent heat gain assigned to return air at
time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
VAL misc
Miscellaneous equipment value
VAR misc
Miscellaneous equipment variance, %

NOTE: at publication time, the value forQMISCL t,ra was only printed in the Checksums Report. Also,
QMISCL t,ra will
print out as zero if the Miscellaneous Air Path was specified as RM-EXH or SYS-EXH since these loads are not seen by the coil.

Ref #88.

Miscellaneous Return Air Sensible Load

The maximum miscellaneous return air sensible load occurring during the day of the (coil or fan) peak is given by:

nmisc
MAXMRA = [QMISC j * (PCTMSj/100) * (PCTMRAj/100)]
j=1
The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak miscellaneous sensible loads ignore the miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,ra =

MAXMRA * QLOAD t,misc

The zone and system-level block miscellaneous sensible loads are multiplied by the user-defined miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,ra =

(VAR misc /100) * MAXMRA * QLOAD t,misc

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 2.18 CONV misc
Miscellaneous value conversion factor
EQ 88
MAXMRA
Maximum miscellaneous sensible heat gain
assigned to return air, Btu/hr [W]
TR MISC NMISC
Number of miscellaneous pieces entered by the
user for a given room

83
TR MISC

PCTMRA

TR MISC

PCTMS

RF 88

QLOAD t,misc

TR MISC
EQ 88

QMISC
QMISCS t,ra

TR MISC
TR CLGC

VAL misc
VAR misc

Percent of miscellaneous equipment sensible heat


gain which is assigned to return air, %
Percent of miscellaneous equipment heat gain
which is latent, %
Misc sensible load fraction at time of peak;
determined from load methodology user selected
on the Load Parameters screen (see
the Engineering Manual), decimal
Miscellaneous equipment heat gain
Miscellaneous equipment return air sensible heat
gain at time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
Miscellaneous equipment value entered by the user
Miscellaneous equipment variance, %

NOTE: QMISCS t,ra will print out as zero if the Miscellaneous Air Path was specified as RM-EXH or SYS-EXH since these loads
are not seen by the coil.

Ref #89.

Miscellaneous Cooling Load Factor

The room, zone and system-level sum-of-the-peak miscellaneous sensible loads ignore the miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,sp + QMISCS t,ra


CLF misc = ----------------------MAXMSP + MAXMRA
The zone and system-level block miscellaneous sensible loads must be divided by the user-defined miscellaneous variance factor:

QMISCS t,sp + QMISCS t,ra


CLF misc = --------------------------------(VAR misc /100) * (MAXMSP + MAXMRA)
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 89
CLF misc
Miscellaneous sensible cooling load factor, decimal
EQ 88
MAXMRA
Maximum miscellaneous sensible heat
gain assigned to return air, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 87
MAXMSP
Maximum miscellaneous sensible heat gain
assigned to space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 88
QMISCS t,ra
Miscellaneous equipment return air sensible heat
gain at time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 86
QMISCS t,sp
Miscellaneous space sensible equipment heat gain
at time of peak, Btu/hr [W]
TR CLGC VAR misc
Miscellaneous equipment variance, %

84

2.7.1 AIRFLOW COOLING LOADS AT COIL PEAK


Ref #123.

Ventilation Cooling Airflow

Outside air can be introduced into six possible "deck" locations (see Figure 2.24). The deck location determines where and how the
outside air is controlled. When the outside air dampers are located on the ROA deck, optional heating/cooling coils can be used to preheat
and/or precool the outside air stream before it mixes with return air. The optional ventilation fan, however, is automatically deleted and the
hourly ventilation quantity, OACFM, is initially set equal to the nominal outside air quantity, OANOM.

If (CLDECK ov = ROADK) Then OACFM = OANOM


When ventilation air is introduced directly into the space, a separate outside air system is assumed which has its own heating/cooling coils
and fan. The variable OVSPCF is set equal to OANOM and the ventilation load becomes a space load, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov = ROOMDK) Then OASPCF = OANOM


When the outside air deck is either CORRIDOR, PLENUM, PLENCORR, or DUCTED, a separate outside air system is assumed which
has its own heating/cooling coils and fan. This airflow is stored in the variable OARACF. When ventilation air is introduced into the
corridor (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR or PLENCORR), the corridor airflow is increased by OARACF. When ventilation air is
introduced into the plenumCLDECK
(
ov = PLENUM or PLENCORR), the plenum airflow is increased by OARACF. In all of these
cases, the return airflow is also increased by the ventilation airflow, OARACF.

IF (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR, PLENUM, PLENCORR, OR DUCTED) Then


OARACF = OANOM
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR STYP CLDECK ov
Ventilation deck location (Default = ROADK
except for Systems UV and RAD which default
to ROOMDK). Can also be overridden by user
entry on the Create Systems - Options screen.
RF 123
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the corridor.
RF 123
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the return air duct.
EQ 123
OACFM
Ventilation airflow introduced through the
return/outside air deck, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
OANOM
Nominal value of outside (ventilation) airflow,
cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OARACF
Ventilation airflow introduced into the return
airstream, cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OASPCF
Ventilation airflow introduced directly into
the space, cfm [cms]
RF 123
PLENCORR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced first into the plenum on its way
back through the corridor (or air shaft)
RF 123
PLENUM
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the plenum
RF 123
ROADK
Acronym indicating that the outside air dampers
are located on the return/outside air deck
just prior to the main cooling/heating coil
RF 123
ROOMDK
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced directly into the room (space)

Figure 2.24 Six Possible Ventilation Deck Locations

85

Ref #124, 125. Ventilation Sensible/Latent Load


If the optional ventilation cooling coil schedule reads greater than zero, the outside air is cooled
SADB
to vc during cooling design;
otherwise, the outside air condition remains unchanged:

If PCT vc > 0 Then


OADB vc = SADB vc
OAW vc = SAW vc
If PCT vc = 0 Then
OADB vc = OADB t
OAW vc = OAW t
The ventilation load as referenced to the design room condition is then given by:

QVENTS c = K * OANOM * (OADB vc - DSRMDB)


QVENTL c = LFAC * OANOM * (OAW vc - DSRMW) / CWRT
In most cases the ventilation air is mixed with return air just prior to the main cooling coil at the return/outside air deck, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov
QVENTS roa
QVENTL roa
Otherwise
QVENTS roa
QVENTL roa

= ROADK) Then
= QVENTS c
= QVENTL c
= 0
= 0

86
When ventilation air is introduced directly into the space, the ventilation load becomes a space load, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov = ROOMDK) Then


QVENTS sp = QVENTS c
QVENTL sp = QVENTL c
Otherwise
QVENTS sp = 0
QVENTL sp = 0
If the ventilation air is introduced into either the corridor, plenum, or ducted into the return air duct, the ventilation load is imposed on the
return air stream, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR, PLENCORR, PLENUM or DUCTED) Then


QVENTS ra = QVENTS c
QVENTL ra = QVENTL c
Otherwise
QVENTS ra = 0
QVENTL ra = 0
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR STYP CLDECK ov
Outside air (ventilation) deck location
RF 124
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the corridor
RF 124
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
EQ 154d DSRMW
Room design humidity ratio, grains
RF 124
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the return air duct
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft3-F) [J/(m3-C)]
EQ 19
LFAC
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft3)
[J/m3]
EQ 123
OACFM
Outside air (ventilation) airflow brought in
through the ROA deck, cfm [cms]
EQ 62
OADBt
Outside air dry bulb at time of coil peak, F [C]
& 75
EQ 124
OADBvc
Outside air dry bulb supplied by the optional
ventilation unit, F [C]
EQ 123
OASPCF
Outside air (ventilation) airflow dumped into
the space, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
OANOM
Nominal value of outside air this hour,
cfm [cms]
EQ 124
OAWvc
Humidity ratio of outside air supplied by the
opt. vent. unit, grains
EQ 62
OAWt
Hourly outside air humidity ratio from weather
& 75
tape, grains
TR STYP PCTvc
Optional ventilation cooling coil percent at
time of main cooling coil peak, %
RF 124
PLENCORR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced first into the plenum on its way
back through the corridor (or air shaft)
ED 124
PLENUM
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the plenum
EQ 124
QVENTSsp
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTLsp
Latent ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTLc
Latent ventilation load at time of main cooling
coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTSc
Sensible ventilation load at time of main
cooling coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTSra
Sensible ventilation load imposed on the return
air stream, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 125
QVENTLra
Latent ventilation load imposed on the return
air stream, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTSroa
Sensible ventilation load imposed on the
return/oa deck, Btu/hr [W]

87
EQ 125

QVENTLroa

RF 124

ROADK

RF 124

ROOMDK

TR STYP
RF 124

SADBvc
SAWvc

Ref #126.

Latent ventilation load imposed on the return/oa


deck, Btu/hr [W]
Acronym indicating that outside air dampers are
located on the return/outside air deck
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced directly into the room (space)
Optional ventilation supply air dry bulb, F [C]
Optional ventilation supply air humidity ratio,
grains

Optional Ventilation Airflow

If the optional ventilation cooling coil schedule reads greater than zero, a separate outside air system is assumed which has its own
heating/cooling coils. This airflow is stored in the variable
OVCFM.

If PCT vc > 0 Then OVCFM = OANOM


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 26
OANOM
Nominal value of outside air this hour,
cfm [cms]
TR STYP PCT vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil percent at
time of main cooling coil peak, %
EQ 126
OVCFM
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
Ref #127, 128. Optional Ventilation Sensible/Latent Loads (for Cooling)
These are the loads imposed on the optional ventilation cooling coil at the time of the main coil peak; however, these loads are not used to
size the optional ventilation coil since the outside air conditions at the main cooling coil peak may be less than the summer design point,
SDDB/SDWB (see Reference #35). Thus, these optional ventilation loads are only for the user's reference and are not used for any design
calculations.
The coil entering and leaving conditions will depend on the location of the optional ventilation fan with respect to the coil bank, i.e.,

CEDB vc = OADB t + CETD ov


CEW vc = f(OADB t , OAWB t )
CLDB vc = SADB vc - CLTD ov
The coil leaving humidity ratio is found by following the coil curve from the coil entering point,
CEDB vc /CEW vc , to the coil leaving
dry bulb, CLDB vc .

CLW vc = f(CEDB vc , CEW vc , CLDB vc )


These are the sensible and latent loads imposed on the optional ventilation cooling or heating coil itself:

QSENS vc = K * OVCFM * (CEDB vc - CLDB vc )


QLAT vc

= LFAC * OVCFM * (CEW vc - CLW vc ) / CWRT

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 35
CEDB vc
Optional ventilation cooling/heating coil
entering dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 159
CETD ov
Temperature increase prior to coil due to supply
fan heat, F [C]
EQ 35
CEW vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil entering
humidity ratio, grains
EQ 127
CLDB vc
Optional ventilation cooling/heating coil
leaving dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 159
CLTD ov
Temperature increase due to fan heat after air
leaves coil, F [C]
EQ 128
CLW vc
Optional ventilation cooling coil leaving

88
RF 127

CWRT

EQ 17

EQ 19

LFAC

RF 62
& 75
RF 62
& 75
EQ 126
EQ 128

OADB t

EQ 127

QSENS vc

TR STYP

SADB vc

Ref #129.

OAWB t
OVCFM
QLAT vc

humidity ratio, grains


Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
3)
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
[J/m 3 ]
Outside air dry bulb at time of the main
cooling/heating coil peak, F [C]
Outside air wet bulb at time of the main
cooling/heating coil peak, F [C]
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
Optional ventilation cooling coil latent
capacity, Btu/hr [W]
Optional ventilation cooling/heating coil
sensible capacity, Btu/hr [W]
Optional ventilation supply air dry bulb, F [C]

Cooling Bypass Airflow

Cooling bypass airflow occurs when the Cooling Bypass Path is NOT equal to NONE in the System Library, e.g., systems such as bypass
VAV (BPVAV, BPVRH) and terminal air blender (TAB, SFPVAV ). For such systems, the main cooling airflow will bypass the space
when the space load is less than design. This value will be zero for space-level airflows, auxiliary systems, and heating design reports.
If the fan is sized according to the sum-of-the-peaks airflow
(PKCFM c ) , the amount of main cooling airflow which bypasses the space
is a function of the actual airflow needed by the space
(BLKCFM c ), i.e.,

BPCFM c = PKCFM c - BLKCFM c


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 27
BLKCFM c
Airflow required by spaces at time of block
load, cfm [cms]
EQ 129
BPCFM c
Cooling bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 27
PKCFM c
Sum-of-the-peaks fan airflow, cfm [cms]
Ref #130.

Cooling Bypass Sensible Load

QBPSEN = K * BPCFM c * (SADB c - DSRMDB c )


Ref#
-------EQ 129
RF 56
EQ 17
EQ 130
EQ 166
Ref #131.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BPCFM c
Cooling bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
DSRMDB c
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
QBPSEN
Cooling bypass sensible load, Btu/hr [W]
SADB c
Cooling supply air dry bulb, F [C]

Cooling Bypass Latent Load

QBPLAT = LFAC * BPCFM c * (SAW c - DSRMW c ) / CWRT


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 129
BPCFM c
Cooling bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
RF 131
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
EQ 154d DSRMW c
Room design humidity ratio, grains
3)
EQ 19
LFAC
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
[J/m 3 ]
EQ 131
QBPLAT
Cooling bypass latent load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 166d SAW c
Cooling supply humidity ratio, grains

89
Ref #132.

Over/Under Sizing

Over/Under Sizing will occur when both the supply air quantity and the supply air dry bulb cooling have been user defined. The amount
of reheat (when QSIZE > 0) here is defined as the energy required to prevent overcooling the space at design conditions.

QSIZE c = K x DSCFM c x (DSRMDB c - DSADB c ) - QSENS sp,c


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/( m 3 -C)]
EQ 27
DSCFM c
Cooling supply air quantity, cfm [cms]
RF 56
DSRMDB c
Room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 57
DSADB c
Supply air dry bulb cooling, F [C]
EQ 59
QSENSP sp,c
Space sensible cooling load, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 132
QSIZE c
Over or under sizing energy, Btu/hr [W]

90

2.7.2 AIRFLOW HEATING LOADS AT COIL PEAK


Ref #133.

Ventilation Heating Airflow

Outside air can be introduced into six possible "deck" locations (see Figure 2.24). The deck location determines where and how the
outside air is controlled. When the outside air dampers are located on the ROA deck, optional heating/cooling coils can be used to preheat
and/or precool the outside air stream before it mixes with return air. The optional ventilation fan, however, is automatically deleted and the
hourly ventilation quantity, OACFM, is initially set equal to the nominal outside air quantity, OANOM.

If (CLDECK ov = ROADK) Then OACFM = OANOM


For heating systems that use the runaround or room decks (e.g., 2FDDVV, PFPVAV, PFPVAVRA, TAB, SFPVAV, etc.), any outside
airflow brought through the return/outside air deck can never be less than the return/outside airflow at heating design. So unless reheat
minimum airflow has been scheduled during heating design for these system types, OACFM and the associated sensible load will be zero;
however, since the preheat coil calculation does not use the information from references 133 and 134, coil capacity calculations remain
unaffected.

If (OACFM > ROACFM h ) OACFM = ROACFM h


When ventilation air is introduced directly into the space, a separate outside air system is assumed which has its own heating/cooling coils
and fan. The variable OVSPCF is set equal to OANOM and the ventilation load becomes a space load, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov = ROOMDK) Then OASPCF = OANOM


When the outside air deck is either CORRIDOR, PLENUM, PLENCORR, or DUCTED, a separate outside air system is assumed which
has its own heating/cooling coils and fan. This airflow is stored in the variable OARACF. When ventilation air is introduced into the
corridor (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR or PLENCORR), the corridor airflow is increased by OARACF. When ventilation air is introduced
into the plenum C
( LDECK ov = PLENUM or PLENCORR), the plenum airflow is increased by OARACF. In all of these cases, the
return airflow is also increased by OARACF.

IF (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR, PLENUM, PLENCORR, OR DUCTED) Then


OARACF = OANOM
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR STYP CLDECK ov
Ventilation deck location
RF 133
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the corridor
RF 133
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the return air duct
EQ 123
OACFM
Ventilation airflow introduced through the
return/outside air deck, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
OANOM
Nominal value of outside (ventilation) airflow,
cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OARACF
Ventilation airflow introduced into the return
airstream, cfm [cms]
EQ 123
OASPCF
Ventilation airflow introduced directly into the
space, cfm [cms]
RF 133
PLENCORR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced first into the plenum on its way
back through the corridor (or air shaft)
RF 133
PLENUM
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the plenum
EQ 147
ROACFM h
Supply airflow routed through the return/outside
deck at time of heating peak, cfm [cms]
RF 133
ROADK
Acronym indicating that the outside air dampers
are located on the return/outside air deck
just prior to the main cooling/heating coil
RF 133
ROOMDK
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced directly into the room (space)
Ref #134.

Ventilation Sensible Load (for Heating)

If the optional ventilation heating coil schedule reads greater than zero, the outside air is heated
SADB
to vh during heating design;
otherwise, the outside air condition remains unchanged:

If (PCT vh > 0) Then OADB vh = SADB vh

91
If (PCT vh = 0) Then OADB vh = OADB t
The ventilation load as referenced to the design room condition is then given by:

QVENTS h = K * OANOM * (OADB vh - DSRMDB)


In most cases the ventilation air is mixed with return air just prior to the main cooling (and/or heating) coil at the return/outside air deck.
NOTE: this value is not used to size any of the heating coil(s) -- it is made available only for user reference.

If (CLDECK ov = ROADK) Then QVENTS roa = QVENTS h


When ventilation air is introduced directly into the space, the ventilation load becomes a space load, i.e.,

If (CLDECK ov = ROOMDK) Then QVENTS sp = QVENTS h


If the ventilation air is introduced into either the corridor, plenum, or ducted into the return air duct, the ventilation load is imposed on the
return air stream and is equal to:

If (CLDECK ov = CORRIDOR, PLENCORR, PLENUM or DUCTED) Then


QVENTS ra = QVENTS h
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR STYP CLDECK ov
Outside air (ventilation) deck location
RF 134
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the corridor
RF 28
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
RF 134
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the return air duct
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F)[J/( m 3 -C)]
EQ 123
OACFM
Outside air (ventilation) airflow brought in
through the ROA deck, cfm [cms]
EQ 134
OADB vh
Outside air dry bulb supplied by the optional
ventilation unit, F [C]
EQ 133
OASPCF
Outside air (ventilation) airflow dumped into
the space, cfm [cms]
EQ 26
OANOM
Nominal value of outside air this hour,
cfm [cms]
TR STYP PCT vh
Optional ventilation heating coil percent at
time of main heating coil peak, %
RF 134
PLENCORR
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced first into the plenum on its way
back through the corridor (or air shaft)
RF 134
PLENUM
Acronym indicating that the ventilation air is
introduced into the plenum
EQ 134
QVENTS sp
Sensible ventilation load on space, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 134
QVENTS h
Sensible ventilation load at time of main
heating coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTS ra
Sensible ventilation load imposed on the return
air stream, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 124
QVENTS roa
Sensible ventilation load imposed on the
return/oa deck, Btu/hr [W]
RF 134
ROADK
Acronym indicating that outside air dampers are
located on the return/outside air deck
TR STYP SADB vh
Optional ventilation supply air dry bulb, F [C]
Ref #135. See Reference #126

Ref #136.

Optional Ventilation Sensible Load (for Heating)

The optional ventilation heating coil entering coil condition is based on the winter design condition.

CEDB vh = WDDB

92
The optional ventilation heating coil leaving dry bulb is dependent on the design auxiliary heating supply air dry bulb entered on the Create
Systems - Options screen. No credit is given for fan heat.

CLDB vh = SADB vh
Once the entering and leaving conditions are known, the optional heating coil capacity is calculated with:

QVENTS vh = K * OVCFM * (CEDB vh - CLDB vh )


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 135
CEDB vh
Optional ventilation heating coil entering dry
bulb, F [C]
EQ 135
CLDB vh
Optional ventilation heating coil leaving dry
bulb, F [C]
EQ 126
OVCFM
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 136
QVENTS vh
Optional ventilation heating coil sensible
capacity, Btu/hr [W]
TR STYP SADB vh
Optional ventilation heating coil design supply
air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 12
WDDB
Winter design dry bulb, F [C]
Ref #137.

Reheat Minimum Airflow

The reheat minimum airflow is defined by the user on the Create Rooms - Single Sheet and Create Rooms - Airflows screens and
multiplied times the reheat minimum schedule percentage at the time of the main heating space peak.

RHCFM = RHVAL * CONV air * (PCT rh / 100)


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 2.2
CONV air
Airflow conversion factor
TR LSCH PCT rh
Minimum reheat schedule percent at time of main
heating space peak, %
EQ 137
RHCFM
Reheat coil airflow, cfm [cms]
TR OACF RHVAL
Reheat airflow value
Ref #138.

Reheat Coil Sensible Load

The purpose of the "reheat" mode of the reheat coil is to prevent the space from being overcooled when more cold air is being delivered to
a space than what would be necessary to maintain the space at the design heating thermostat. If the reheat coil is also to be used for
heating during the regular heating mode, the capacity of the reheat coil is combined with the main heating coil. Only the reheat mode is
described in this section.
Table 2.19 Reheat Minimum Characteristics

System Type

Terminal Location

Building Location

BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV

CDECK
CDECK
NONE
NONE
NONE
B-DECKS
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
CDECK

PERM-INT
PERM-INT
NA
NA
NA
PERM-INT
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
PERM-INT

Default
RHCFM %
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

93
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

CDECK
NONE
NONE
NONE
CDECK
NONE
CDECK
CDECK
CDECK
NONE
CDECK
CDECK
CDECK
CDECK
NONE
NONE

PERM-INT
NA
NA
NA
PERM-INT
NA
PERM-INT
PERM-INT
PERM-INT
NA
PERM-INT
PERM-INT
PERM-INT
PERM-INT
NA
NA

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0

The reheat coil entering condition is based on the design cold deck supply air condition.

CEDB rh = DSADB c
The design reheat coil leaving dry bulb,
CLDB rh , is assumed to be equal to the design room heating dry bulb. The design leaving
humidity ratio remains unchanged from the entering condition.

CLDB rh = DSRMDB h
Once the entering and leaving conditions are known, the reheat coil capacity is calculated with:

QCAP rh = K * RHCFM * (CEDB rh - CLDB rh )


Ref#
-------EQ 138
EQ 138
TB 2.20
RF 138
EQ 57
EQ 70
EQ 17
EQ 138
EQ 137

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CEDB rh
Reheat coil entering dry bulb, F [C]
CLDB rh
Reheat coil leaving dry bulb, F [C]
CLSIZE rh
Reheat coil sizing method
COMBINED
Acronym indicating that the reheat coil
capacity is combined with that of the main
heating coil
DSADB c
Design main cold deck supply air temperature, F [C]
DSRMDB h
Design room heating dry bulb, F [C]
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
QCAP rh
Reheat coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
RHCFM
Reheat coil airflow, cfm [cms]

Table 2.20 Reheat Coil Design Criteria

System Type
BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND

Sizing Method
COMBINED
COMBINED
NO-COIL
COMBINED
NO-COIL
SEPARATE
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL

Level Location
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

Deck Location
ROOMDK
SAME-CC
B-DECKS
CDECK
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS

94
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP
Ref #139, 140.

NO-COIL
NO-COIL
COMBINED
COMBINED
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
NO-COIL
COMBINED
NO-COIL
COMBINED
COMBINED
SEPARATE
NO-COIL
COMBINED
SEPARATE
SEPARATE
COMBINED
NO-COIL
NO-COIL

ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM
ROOM

B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
SAME-CC
B-DECKS
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
B-DECKS
B-DECKS
ROOMDK
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
SAME-CC
B-DECKS
B-DECKS

Humidification Coil Airflow and Latent Load

If the humidification coil is located in the room


CLDECK
(
hm = ROOMDK), it is assumed that the coil is located at the terminus of the
auxiliary forced air unit. In this case, the coil airflow would equal the design auxiliary heating airflow; however, if the design auxiliary
heating airflow is zero, the auxiliary cooling airflow is used. The entering coil condition would equal the design room heating dry bulb.

CEDB hm = DSRMDB h
CEW hm = DSRMW h
If (DSFNCF ah 0)
Then COILCF hm = DSFNCF ah
Otherwise COILCF hm = DSFNCF ac
If the humidification coil is located on the same deck as the main cooling coil, the humidification airflow will equal the design cold deck
airflow. If located on the same deck as the main heating coil, the humidification airflow will equal the design hot deck airflow. In either
case, the coil entering condition will equal ROAW at the time of the main heating coil peak.

If (CLDECK hm = SAME-CC) COILCF hm = DSCFM c


If (CLDECK hm = SAME-HC) COILCF hm = DSCFM h
CEW hm = ROAW h
If the design humidification humidity ratio, WDELTA, has not been entered, then WDELTA is defined by the value of minimum room
relative humidity, the design room heating dry bulb, and the winter design outside air condition.

If (WDELTA was not entered) Then


RMWMIN = f(DSRMDB h ,MINRH)
WDELTA = RMWMIN - WDW
The humidification coil load and desired capacity is then given by:

QCAP hm = - LFAC*(CFMINF h + DSOACF)*WDELTA/CWRT + QPEOPL + QMISCL


The design leaving condition of the humidification coil is given by:

CLW hm = CEW hm - [QCAP hm / (LFAC * COILCF hm )] x CWRT


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- -----------------------------------------------

t,sp

95
EQ 140

CEW hm

EQ 119

CFMINF h

RF 140

CLDECK hm

EQ 140

CLW hm

EQ 139
RF 140

COILCF hm
CWRT

EQ 27
EQ 28
EQ 58

DSCFM c
DSCFM h
DSFNCF ac

EQ 78

DSFNCF ah

EQ 123

DSOACF h

EQ 70
EQ 154d

DSRMDB h
DSRMW h

EQ 19

LFAC

TR
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
RF

MINRH
QCAP hm
QMISCL t,sp
QPEOPL
RMWMIN
ROAW h

SADB
140
86
84
140
140

RF 140

ROOMDK

RF 140

SAME-CC

RF 140

SAME-HC

TR SADB

WDELTA

RF 75

WDW

Ref #141.

Humidification coil entering humidity ratio,


grains
Infiltration airflow at the time of the main
heating coil peak, cfm [cms]
Humidification coil deck location (Default =
SAME-CC except for systems UV and RAD the
default = SAME-HC)
Humidification coil leaving humidity ratio,
grains
Humidification coil airflow, cfm [cms]
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
Design cold deck airflow, cfm [cms]
Design hot deck airflow, cfm [cms]
Design auxiliary cooling supply air flow,
cfm [cms]
Design auxiliary heating supply air flow,
cfm [cms]
Design outside (ventilation) airflow at the time
of the main heating coil peak, cfm [cms]
Design room heating dry bulb, F [C]
Design room humidity ratio at time of the main
heating coil peak, grains
3)
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
3
[J/m
]
Humidification minimum relative humidity, %
Humidification coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
Miscellaneous latent load, Btu/hr [W]
Hourly people latent heat gain, Btu/hr [W]
Minimum room humidity ratio, grains
Return/outside air mixture humidity ratio at the
time of the main heating coil peak, grains
Acronym indicating that fan or coil is located
in the room
Acronym indicating that a coil characteristic is
to be the same as the main cooling coil
Acronym indicating that a coil characteristic is
to be the same as the main heating coil
Design humidification humidity ratio difference
between the room humidity ratio and the
outside air humidity ratio, grains
Outside air humidity ratio at winter design,
grains

Airflow Heating Loads Total

The airflow heating loads total,QAIR h , is for user reference and is not used in any explicit heating capacity calculations.

QAIR h = QVENTS h + QVENTS vh + QCAP rh + QCAP hm


Ref#
-------EQ 141
EQ 140
EQ 136
EQ 134
EQ 136

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------QAIR h
Airflow heating loads total, Btu/hr [W]
QCAP hm
Humidification coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QCAP rh
Reheat coil capacity, Btu/hr [W]
QVENTS h
Sensible ventilation load at time of main
heating coil peak, Btu/hr [W]
QVENTS vh
Optional ventilation heating coil sensible
capacity, Btu/hr [W]

96

2.8 AIRFLOW HEAT GAIN/LOSS


Ref #142.

Supply Duct Heat Pickup

The supply duct heat pickup is a direct function of user entry on the Create Rooms - Fan Static Pressures screen. Supply duct heat pickup
is zero for heating design.

QSDUCT = K x CFM cl x DUCTTD


Ref#
-------TR FNSP
& RF 165
EQ 65
EQ 17
EQ 142

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------DUCTTD
Supply/return duct heat temperature difference,
F [C]
CFM cl
Supply airflow at time of coil peak, cfm [cms]
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
QSDUCT
Supply duct heat pickup, Btu/hr [W]

Note that whenever the supply duct heat pickup flag is chosen as RETAIR, the program assumes that all of the duct heat picked up came
from the return air stream, meaning that the return air load must be decreased by whatever amount is picked up by the supply duct (see
Ref #165).

Ref #143.

Supply Fan Heat

The supply fan heat calculation assumes that all of the electrical energy used to power the fan motor eventually becomes heat. Some of
this heat may or may not be seen by the supply air stream depending on where the supply fan motor is located. If the supply fan motor is
located in the return air, the supply fan heat is added to the return air stream. In the unusual case where the return fan motor is located in
the supply air stream, the return fan motor heat is included in the supply rather than return fan heat calculation.

QFAN s = K x CFM cl x (CETD s + CLTD s ) x (PCTFN s /100)


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 160
CETD s
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
which occurs prior to the main coil
EQ 161
CLTD s
Fan temperature difference in supply air stream
which occurs after the main coil
EQ 65
CFM cl
Supply airflow at time of coil peak, cfm [cms]
& 78
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
TR LSCH PCTFN s
Percent supply fan schedule percent at time of
coil peak, %
EQ 143
QFAN s
Supply fan heat, Btu/hr [W]
Ref #144.

Return Fan Heat

The return fan heat calculation assumes that all of the electrical energy used to power the fan motor eventually becomes heat. Some of this
heat may or may not be seen by the return air stream depending on where the return fan motor is located. If the supply fan motor is also
located in the return air stream, the supply fan motor heat is included in the return fan heat calculation. In the unusual case where the
return fan motor is located in the supply air stream, the return fan motor heat is included in the supply rather than return fan heat
calculation.

QFAN r = K x RACFMT x FANTD r x (PCTFN s /100)


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 158
FANTD r
Return fan temperature difference (plus supply
fan motor heat if supply fan motor located in
return air stream
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/(m 3 -C)]
TR LSCH PCTFN s
Percent supply fan schedule percent at time of

97
EQ 144
EQ 153
Ref #145.

QFAN r
RACFMT

coil peak, %
Return fan heat, Btu/hr [W]
Return airflow, cfm [cms]

System Exhaust Air Heat Loss

The exhausted return air load is the portion of the return air load which is exhausted to the atmosphere and never seen by the coil. See
Figure 2.27 for the two extremes, i.e., when outside air brought through the supply air cooling coil is either zero or 100%.

QRAEXH = SYEXCF * [K * (DSRMDB - RADBT) + LFAC * (DSRMW - RAWT) / CWRT]


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 145
CWRT
Humidity ratio conversion constant =
7000 [1], grains/(lbm/lbm)
RF 56
DSRMDB
Design room dry bulb, F [C]
& 70
RF 154d DSRMW
Design room at time of the main
cooling coil peak, grains
EQ 17
K
Density-specific heat product,
Btu-min/(hr-ft 3 -F) [J/( m 3 -C)]
3)
EQ 19
LFAC
Latent heat factor, Btu-min/(hr-lbm-ft
[J/m 3 ]
EQ 143
QRAEXH
Portion of return air load exhausted to
atmosphere Btu/hr [W]
EQ 153
RADBT
Return air temperature prior to
the system exhaust, F [C]
EQ 153
RAWT
Return air humidity ratio prior to the system
exhaust, [kg/kg]
EQ 147
SYEXCF
System exhaust airflow, cfm [cms]
Figure 2.27 Example of Exhausted Return Airflow

98

Ref #146.

Airflow Heat Gain/Loss Total

QAIR tot = QSDUCT + QFAN s + QFAN r + QRAEXH


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 146
QAIR tot
Airflow heat gain/loss total, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 142
QSDUCT
Supply duct heat pickup, Btu/hr [W]

99
EQ 144
EQ 142
EQ 145
Ref #147.

QFAN r
QFAN s
QRAEXH

Return fan heat, Btu/hr [W]


Supply fan heat, Btu/hr [W]
Portion of return air load exhausted to
atmosphere, Btu/hr [W]

System Exhaust Airflow

The system exhaust airflow is exhausted just prior to the return/outside air deck. (See Figure 2.28)

SYEXCF = RACFMT - ROACFM + OACFM


If (CLDECK = ROADK, or CDECK, or HDECK)
Then ROACFM = CFM cl
Otherwise ROACFM = 0
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 147
CDECK
Acronym indicating that the main coil is
located on the hot deck
EQ 65
CFM cl
Supply airflow at time of coil peak, cfm [cms]
& 78
RF 147
CLDECK h
Main heating/cooling coil deck location
RF 147
HDECK
Acronym indicating that the heating coil is
located on the hot deck
EQ 123
OACFM
Outside air (ventilation) airflow brought in
through the ROA deck, cfm [cms]
EQ 153
RACFMT
Return airflow quantity brought together
just prior to system exhaust, cfm [cms]
EQ 147
ROACFM
Supply airflow routed through the return/outside
deck, cfm [cms]
RF 147
ROADK
Acronym indicating that the main coil is
located on the return/outside air deck just
prior to the main cooling/heating coil
EQ 147
SYEXCF
Main system exhaust airflow, cfm [cms]
Ref #148. Room Exhaust Airflow
Room exhaust is room air which is directly exhausted to the atmosphere, i.e., bathroom, kitchen, or laboratory exhaust. NOTE: the value
printed here is not used to size the room exhaust fan. (See Figures 2.28 and 2.29)

RMEXCF = RMEXVL * CONV air * (PCT rx / 100)


The amount of room air that returns through the return air grilles (RMRACF) will be decreased by the room exhaust, but increased by any
ventilation dumped directly into the space (i.e., when OVDECK = ROADK). Infiltration is assumed to leak out elsewhere from the room
or via the room exhaust.

NETEXH = RMEXCF - CFMINF


IF (NETEXH < 0) Then NETEXH = 0
RMRACF = CFM - NETEXH + OVSPCF
A negative value of RMRACF indicates negative pressure so decrease room exhaust by this amount. NOTE: Only in the TRACE 600
System Simulation Phase is the scheduled amount of room exhaust pulled from adjacent rooms to relieve negative pressure when it
occurs. See the TRACE 600 Engineering Manual (TRCE-UM-602).

IF RMRACF < 0 Then RMEXCF = RMEXCF + RMRACF


If ventilation dumped directly into the space (OVDECK = ROOMDK), assume the excess air leaks out some other crack within the same
room:

IF RMRACF < OVSPCF Then RMRACF = 0


Ref#
-------EQ 119
EQ 65

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------CFMINF
Infiltration airflow this hour, cfm [cms]
CFM cl
Main supply airflow dumped from terminal box

100
& 78
TB 2.2
EQ 123

CONV air
OVSPCF

TR
EQ
TR
EQ

PCT rx
RMEXCF
RMEXVL
RMRACF

LSCH
148
FNCF
148

into space, cfm [cms]


Airflow conversion constant
Optional ventilation air dumped into space,
cfm [cms]
Room exhaust percent utilization, %
Room exhaust airflow this hour, cfm [cms]
Room exhaust value
Air exiting thru room return air grilles,
cfm [cms]

Figure 2.28 Schematic of System versus Room Exhaust Airflows

Figure 2.29 Schematic of possible airflows into and out of the space

Ref #149.

Ducted Airflow

The ducted airflow is determined by following the airflows that pass through the main return air duct: (See Figure 2.30).

If (BPPATH = DUCTED)
Then BPDTCF = BPCFMc
Otherwise BPDTCF = 0
If (OVPATH = DUCTED)
Then OVDTCF = OVCFM
Otherwise OVDTCF = 0

101
If (RAPATH = DUCTED)
Then RADTCF = RMRACF
Otherwise RADTCF = 0
If (RRPATH = DUCTED)
Then RRDTCF = RRCFM
Otherwise RRDTCF = 0
DUCTCF = BPDTCF + OVDTCF + RADTCF + RRDTCF
Figure 2.30 Schematic of Possible Return Air Paths

If the amount of ducted return airflow, DUCTCF, is zero, the value QLDTRA is set equal to QLDUCT, and QLDUCT is set to zero. This
leaves open the possibility that the lighting load assigned to return air will be picked up by the RACFMT air stream.

Ref#
-------EQ 129
EQ 166a
EQ 149
TB 2.21
RF 166d
EQ 149
RF 149
EQ 126
EQ 149

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BPCFM c
Cold deck bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
BPDB c
Cold deck bypass dry bulb, F [C]
BPDTCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through the
return air duct, cfm [cms]
BPPATH
Cold deck bypass air path
BPW
Cold deck bypass air humidity ratio,
grains
DUCTCF
Total ducted airflow, cfm [cms]
DUCTED
Acronym indicating that the airflow is to be
routed through the return air duct
OVCFM
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
OVDTCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through
return air duct, cfm [cms]
OVPATH
Optional ventilation air path

TB 2.21
& TR STYP
RF 80
QLDUCT
RF 80

QLDTRA

EQ 148
EQ 153

RACFM
RACFMT

EQ 149

RADTCF

TB 2.21 RAPATH
& TR FNSP
EQ 151
RRCFM
EQ 149
RRDTCF
TB 2.21

RRPATH

Portion of lighting room load picked up by the


ducted return airstream and not seen by the
plenum, Btu/hr [W]
Portion of lighting room load pickup up by the
return air stream just prior to the system
exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
Main return airflow, cfm [cms]
Total return airflow just prior to the main
exhaust, cfm [cms]
Return airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
Return air path
Runaround airflow, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow path

102
The initial condition of the air is equal to the weighted average of the airflows routed through the return air duct plus any heat of lights if
the return air was routed through the lighting fixtures:

DUCTDB = (BPDB c *BPDTCF + OADB ov *OVDTCF + RADB*RADTCF + RRDB*RRDTCF +


QLDUCT) / DUCTCF
DUCTW = (BPW*BPDTCF + OAW ov *OVDTCF + RAW*RADTCF + RRW*RRDTCF) / DUCTCF
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 166a BPDB c
Cold deck bypass dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 149
BPDTCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed thru the return
air duct, cfm [cms]
EQ 149
DUCTDB
Temperature of air routed through the return air
duct, F [C]
EQ 149
DUCTW
Humidity ratio of air routed through the return
air duct, grains
EQ 149
DUCTCF
Total ducted airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 124
OADB ov
Outside air dry bulb supplied by the optional
ventilation unit, F [C]
EQ 125
OAW ov
Humidity ratio of outside air supplied by the
optional ventilation unit, grains
EQ 149
OVDTCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through
return air duct, cfm [cms]
RF 80
QLDUCT
Portion of lighting room load picked up by the
ducted return airstream and not seen by the
plenum, Btu/hr [W]
EQ 153
RADB
Return air dry bulb at return air grilles, F [C]
EQ 149
RADTCF
Return airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
EQ 153
RAW
Return air humidity ratio, grains
EQ 151
RRDB
Runaround air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 149
RRDTCF
Runaround airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
EQ 151
RRW
Runaround air humidity ratio, grains
Table 2.21 Main Airflow Air Path's Characteristics

System Type

BPVAV
BPVRH
BPMZ
COMP
DD
DDVAV
FC
INCHP
IND
INDFP
MZ
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
PTAC
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB

Main RA Path Runaround


Path
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
NA
ROOMDK
NA
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
NA
PLENUM
PLENUM

Air Paths
Clg Bypass
Path
PLENUM
PLENUM
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
CORRIDOR

Plenum Level

Opt Vent Path

SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
ZONE
ZONE
SAME-CF
ROOM
SAME-CF
ZONE
SAME-CF
ZONE

ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROOMDK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

103
TRH
2FDDVV
UV
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
VRH
VTCV
WSHP

PLENUM
PLENUM
ROOMDK
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM
PLENUM

NA
PLENUM
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

SAME-CF
SAME-HF
ROOM
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF
SAME-CF

ROADK
ROADK
ROOMDK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK
ROADK

Ref #150. Plenum Airflow


The plenum air temperature will depend on the air path of the cold deck bypass air, main return air, runaround air, and optional ventilation
air, if any. The air paths (see Figure 2.30) are defined in the System Library (see Table 2.21). If there is no plenum (i.e., PLENHT = 0),
any air path that was routed through the plenum (by specifying path = PLENUM) is re-routed through the return air duct; any air path that
was routed through the plenum and then through the corridor (by specifying path = PLENCORR) is re-routed through the corridor.

If (BPPATH = PLENUM or BPPATH = PLENCORR)


Then BPPLCF = BPCFM c
Otherwise BPPLCF = 0
If (OVPATH = PLENUM or OVPATH = PLENCORR)
Then OVPLCF = OVCFM
Otherwise OVPLCF = 0
If (RAPATH = PLENUM or RAPATH = PLENCORR)
Then RAPLCF = RMRACF
Otherwise RAPLCF = 0
If (RRPATH = PLENUM or RRPATH = PLENCORR)
Then RRPLCF = RRCFM
Otherwise RRPLCF = 0
PLENCF = BPPLCF + OVPLCF + RAPLCF + RRPLCF
Ref#
-------EQ 129
TB 2.21
EQ 150

Variable
------------BPCFMc
BPPATH
BPPLCF

EQ 126
OVCFM
TB 2.21 OVPATH
& TR STYP
EQ 150
OVPLCF
EQ 150
RF 150

PLENCF
PLENCORR

TR GENL
RF 150

PLENHT
PLENUM

EQ 148
RMRACF
TB 2.21 RAPATH
& TR FNSP
EQ 150
RAPLCF
EQ 151
RRCFM
TB 2.21 RRPATH
EQ 150
RRPLCF
Ref #151.

Run Around Airflow

Description
----------------------------------------------Cold deck bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
Cold deck bypass air path
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through plenum,
cfm [cms]
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
Optional ventilation air path
Optional ventilation airflow routed through
plenum, cfm [cms]
Plenum airflow, cfm [cms]
Acronym indicating that airflow is to be routed
first through the plenum, then through the
corridor.
Plenum height, ft [m]
Acronym indicating that airflow is to be routed
through the plenum
Beginning return airflow, cfm [cms]
Return air path
Return air routed through plenum, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow path
Runaround airflow routed though plenum, cfm [cms]

104
The runaround airflow equals the main heating airflow,
CFM cl,h , if the main heating coil deck location,CLDECK h , has been
specified as RUNARND, e.g., the heating side of 2FDDVV, TAB, SFPVAV, PFPVAV, and PFPVAVRA. See Figure 2.30.

If (CLDECK h = RUNARND)
Then RRCFM = CFM cl,h
Otherwise RRCFM = 0
The runaround airflow, RRCFM, is zero for cooling design calculations.

Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TB 1.15 CLDECKh
Main heating coil deck location
EQ 78
CFMcl,h
Heating supply airflow at time of coil peak,
cfm [cms]
EQ 151
RRCFM
Runaround airflow, cfm [cms]
TB 2.21 RRPATH
Runaround airflow path
RF 151
RUNARND
Acronym indicating that a coil or fan is located
in the runaround deck
If the runaround path = PLENUM then it can be routed no farther and will instead take on the condition of the plenum air:

If (RRPATH = PLENUM) then


RRDB = PLENDB
RRW = PLENW
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
RF 151
PLENUM
Acronym indicating that airflow is to be routed
through the plenum
EQ 91
PLENW
Plenum humidity ratio, grains
EQ 151
RRDB
Runaround air dry bulb, F [C]
TB 2.21 RRPATH
Runaround airflow path
EQ 151
RRW
Runaround air humidity ratio, grains
If the runaround air path equals CORRIDOR or PLENCORR then it can be routed no farther and will instead take on the condition of the
corridor air:

If (RRPATH = PLENCORR or RRPATH = CORRIDOR) then


RRDB = CORRDB
RRW = CORRW
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 152
CORRDB
Corridor airflow dry bulb, F [C]
RF 151
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating airflow to be routed through
the corridor
EQ 152
CORRW
Corridor airflow humidity ratio, grains
RF 151
PLENCORR
Acronym indicating that airflow is to be routed
first through the plenum, then through the
corridor.
TB 2.21 RRPATH
Runaround airflow path
EQ 151
RRDB
Runaround air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 151
RRW
Runaround air humidity ratio, grains
Ref #152.

Corridor Airflow

The corridor (or air shaft) is an alternate way of routing some or all of the return air back to the return/outside air deck. Other than mixing
various airstreams, no heat transfer can occur in the corridor. The corridor is assumed-join
to rethe main return air stream just prior to the
main system exhaust. Thus, corridor has certain characteristics which can make the return air behave differently had it been routed
through the plenum or ducted alone. See Figure 2.30.
Some or all of the plenum airflow may be routed through the corridor:

105
If (BPPATH = PLENCORR)
Then BPPCCF = BPCFM c
Otherwise BPPCCF = 0
If (OVPATH = PLENCORR)
Then OVPCCF = OVCFM
Otherwise OVPCCF = 0
If (RAPATH = PLENCORR)
Then RAPCCF = RMRACF
Otherwise RAPCCF = 0
If (RRPATH = PLENCORR)
Then RRPCCF = RRCFM
Otherwise RRPCCF = 0
PLCRCF = BPPCCF + OVPCCF + RAPCCF + RRPCCF
Ref#
-------EQ 129
TB 2.21
EQ 152

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BPCFM c
Cold deck bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
BPPATH
Cold deck bypass air path
BPPCCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
OVCFM
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
OVPATH
Optional ventilation air path

EQ 126
TB 2.21
& TR STYP
EQ 152
OVPCCF
EQ 152

PLCRCF

RF 152

PLENCORR

EQ 148

RMRACF

TB 2.21 RAPATH
& TR FNSP
EQ 152
RAPCCF
EQ 151
TB 2.21
EQ 152

RRCFM
RRPATH
RRPCCF

Optional ventilation airflow routed first


through the plenum, then through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
Amount of plenum airflow which is next routed
through the corridor, cfm [cms]
Acronym indicating that airflow is to be routed
first through the plenum, then through the
corridor
Return airflow exiting return air grilles,
cfm [cms]
Return air path
Return airflow routed first through the plenum,
then through the corridor, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow path
Runaround airflow routed first through the
plenum, then through the corridor, cfm [cms]

The final corridor airflow is determined by following the airflows that pass through the corridor:

If (BPPATH = CORRIDOR)
Then BPCRCF = BPCFM c
Otherwise BPCRCF = 0
If (OVPATH = CORRIDOR)
Then OVCRCF = OVCFM
Otherwise OVCRCF = 0
If (RAPATH = CORRIDOR)
Then RACRCF = RMRACF
Otherwise RACRCF = 0
If (RRPATH = CORRIDOR)
Then RRCRCF = RRCFM
Otherwise RRCRCF = 0
CORRCF = BPCRCF + OVCRCF + RACRCF + RRCRCF + PLCRCF

106
Ref#
-------TB 2.21
EQ 129
EQ 152
EQ 152
RF 152
EQ 126
EQ 152

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------BPPATH
Cold deck bypass air path
BPCFM c
Cold deck bypass airflow, cfm [cms]
BPCRCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
CORRCF
Corridor airflow, cfm [cms]
CORRIDOR
Acronym indicating airflow to be routed through
the corridor
OVCFM
Optional ventilation airflow, cfm [cms]
OVCRCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
OVPATH
Optional ventilation air path

TB 2.21
& TR STYP
EQ 148
RMRACF
EQ 152
RACRCF
TB 2.21 RAPATH
& TR FNSP
EQ 151
RRCFM
EQ 152
RRCRCF
TB 2.21

RRPATH

Return
Return
cfm
Return

airflow exiting, cfm [cms]


airflow routed through the corridor,
[cms]
air path

Runaround airflow, cfm [cms]


Runaround airflow routed through the corridor,
cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow path

Since any conduction loss from the corridor (or air shaft) is assumed to be negligible, the corridor air condition is a weighted average of
airflows through corridor:

CORRDB = (BPDB*BPCRCF + OADB ov *OVCRCF + RADB*RACRCF + RRDB*RRCRCF +


PLENDB*PLCRCF) / CORRCF
CORRW = (BPW*BPCRCF + OAW ov *OVCRCF + RAW*RACRCF + RRW*RRCRCF +
PLENW*PLCRCF) / CORRCF
Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 152
BPCRCF
Cold deck bypass airflow routed through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
EQ 166a BPDB c
Cold deck bypass dry bulb, F [C]
RF 166d BPW
Cold deck bypass air humidity ratio,
grains
EQ 152
CORRCF
Corridor airflow, cfm [cms]
EQ 152
CORRDB
Corridor airflow dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 152
CORRW
Corridor airflow humidity ratio, grains
EQ 124
OADB ov
Outside air dry bulb supplied by the optional
ventilation unit, F [C]
EQ 125
OAW ov
Humidity ratio of outside air supplied by the
optional ventilation unit, grains
EQ 152
OVCRCF
Optional ventilation airflow routed through the
corridor, cfm [cms]
EQ 152
PLCRCF
Amount of plenum airflow that is routed through
the corridor, cfm [cms]
EQ 91
PLENDB
Plenum temperature, F [C]
EQ 91
PLENW
Plenum humidity ratio, grains
EQ 152
RACRCF
Return airflow routed through the corridor,
cfm [cms]
EQ 153
RADB
Return air dry bulb at return air grilles, F [C]
EQ 153
RAW
Return air humidity ratio, grains
EQ 152
RRCRCF
Runaround airflow routed through the corridor,
cfm [cms]
EQ 151
RRDB
Runaround air dry bulb, F [C]
EQ 151
RRW
Runaround air humidity ratio, grains
Ref #153.

System Return Airflow

The initial condition of the air leaving the room return grilles will equal the room condition, i.e.,

RADB

= DSRMDB

107
RAW
= DSRMW
RACFM = RMRACF
The final return air condition will bring together all the airflows minus any runaround airflow:

RACFMT = (CORRCF - RRCRCF) + (PLENCF - PLCRCF - RRPLCF) + (DUCTCF - RRDTCF)


If RACFMT is zero both QRDUCT and QLDTRA are set to zero, in effect, causing the assigned room loads to return air to become space
loads.
The condition of the return airstream just prior to the main exhaust can now be calculated:

RADBT = [(CORRCF - RRCRCF)*CORRDB +(PLENCF - PLCRCF - RRPLCF)*PLENDB +


(DUCTCF - RRDTCF)*DUCTDB + QRDUCT + QLDTRA] / RACFMT + FANTD

ra

RAWT = [(CORRCF - RRCRCF)*CORRW + (PLENCF - PLCRCF - RRPLCF)*PLENW +


(DUCTCF - RRDTCF)*DUCTW] / RACFMT
Ref#
-------EQ 152
EQ 152
EQ 152
RF 56
& 70
RF 154d

Variable
------------CORRCF
CORRDB
CORRW
DSRMDB

Description
----------------------------------------------Corridor airflow, cfm [cms]
Corridor airflow dry bulb, F [C]
Corridor airflow humidity ratio, grains
Design room dry bulb, F [C]

DSRMW

EQ 149
EQ 149

DUCTCF
DUCTDB

EQ 149

DUCTW

EQ 158
EQ 152

FANTD ra
PLCRCF

EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ

PLENCF
PLENDB
PLENW
QLDTRA

Design room humidity ratio at time of the main cooling


coil peak, grains
Total ducted airflow, cfm [cms]
Temperature of air routed through the return air
duct, F [C]
Humidity ratio of air routed through the return
air duct, grains
Temperature increase due to return fan heat, F [C]
Amount of plenum airflow that is routed through
the corridor, cfm [cms]
Plenum airflow, cfm [cms]
Plenum temperature, F [C]
Plenum humidity ratio, grains
Portion of lighting room load pickup up by the
return air stream just prior to the system
exhaust, Btu/hr [W]
Portion of miscellaneous and solar loads assigned
to return air which are picked up by the return
air stream just prior to the system exhaust,
Btu/hr [W]
Return airflow exiting room return air grilles,
cfm [cms]
Return airflow quantity brought together just
prior to system exhaust, cfm [cms]
Return air dry bulb prior to system exhaust, F [C]

150
91
91
80

EQ 66

QRDUCT

EQ 153

RACFM

EQ 153

RACFMT

EQ 153
RADBT
& RF 53i
EQ 153
RADB
EQ 153

RAW

EQ 153

RAWT

EQ 148

RMRACF

EQ 152

RRCRCF

EQ 149

RRDTCF

EQ 150

RRPLCF

Return air dry bulb of air leaving room into the


return air grilles, F [C]
Return air humidity ratio as exiting return air
grilles, grains
Return air humidity ratio prior to system
exhaust, grains
Return airflow exiting room return air grilles,
cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the corridor,
cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the return air
duct, cfm [cms]
Runaround airflow routed through the plenum,
cfm [cms]

108

2.9.1 BUILDING U-VALUES


Ref #172.

Partition U-value

The partition U-value,UVAL pt , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry on the Create Rooms Partitions/Floors screen.

Ref #173.

Exposed Floor U-value

The exposed floor U-value,UVAL xf , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry on the Create
Rooms - Partitions/Floors screen.

Ref #174.

Skylight U-value (Summer Design)

The skylight U-value,UVAL sk,sum , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry on the Create
Rooms - Roofs screen.
NOTE: the actual skylight U-value used during the cooling design calculations may be different if internal shading (as user defined on the
Create Rooms - Roofs screen) occurs during the time of the cooling load peaks.

Ref #175.

Skylight U-Value (Winter Design)

It is assumed that the user-defined skylight U-value is based on summer design conditions, i.e., a wind speed of 7.5 mph and an outside
heat transfer coefficient,h o,dsn , of 4 Btu/(hr-ft 2 -F) . Since the outside surface heat transfer coefficient is a direct function of
the wind velocity, the winter U-value is defined by:

UVAL sk,win = (1/UVAL sk,sum - 1/h o,dsn + 1/h o,win ) -1


where

h o,win = 2.00 + 0.27 * WINDV win


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 175
h o,dsn
Outside film coefficient for radiation and
convection at design conditions, = 4
Btu/(hr-ft 2 -F) [22.712 W/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 175
h o,win
Outside film coefficient for radiation and
convection for wind speed WINDV
1985
win , (See
2 -F)
ASHRAE Handbook, p. 28.5), Btu/(hr-ft
RF 174
UVAL sk,sum
Summer design skylight U-value as entered by
2 -F) [W/(m 2 -C]
the user, Btu/(hr-ft
2 -F)
EQ 175
UVAL sk,win
Winter design skylight U-value, Btu/(hr-ft
[W/(m 2 -C]
RF 175
WINDV win
Wind velocity from weather tape for winter
design, mph
NOTE: the actual skylight U-value used during the heating design calculations may be different if internal shading (as user defined on the
Create Rooms - Roofs screen) occurs during the time of the heating load peaks.

Ref #176. Roof U-value


The nonglass roof U-value,UVAL rf , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry on the Create Rooms
- Roofs screen.
NOTE: the nonglass roof U-value should never include the effect of the dropped ceiling unless the plenum height is entered as zero;
otherwise, the ceiling U-value will be double accounted.

Ref #177. Window U-value (Summer Design)

109
The glass U-value, UVAL gl,win , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry to the Create Rooms
- Walls screen.
NOTE: the actual glass U-value used during the cooling design calculations may be different if internal shading (as user defined on the
Create Rooms - Walls screen) occurs during the time of the cooling load peaks.

Ref #178.

Window U-Value (Winter Design)

It is assumed that the user-defined wall glass U-value is based on summer design conditions, i.e., a wind speed of 7.5 mph and an outside
heat transfer coefficient,h o,dsn , of 4 Btu/(hr-ft 2 -F) . Since the outside surface heat transfer coefficient is a direct function of
the wind velocity, the winter U-value is defined by:

UVAL gl,win = (1/UVAL gl,sum - 1/h o,dsn + 1/h o,win ) -1


where

h o,win = 2.00 + 0.27 * WINDV win


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------RF 178
h o,dsn
Outside film coefficient for radiation and
convection at design conditions, = 4
Btu/(hr-ft 2 -F) [22.712 W/(m 3 -C)]
EQ 178
h o,win
Outside film coefficient for radiation and
convection for wind speed WINDV
1985
win , (See
2 -F)
ASHRAE Handbook, p. 28.5), Btu/(hr-ft
RF 177
UVAL gl,sum
Summer design wall glass U-value as entered by
2 -F) [W/(m 2 -C]
the user, Btu/(hr-ft
2 -F)
EQ 178
UVAL gl,win
Winter design wall glass U-value, Btu/(hr-ft
[W/(m 2 -C]
RF 178
WINDV win
Wind velocity from weather tape for winter
design, mph
NOTE: the actual wall glass U-value used during the heating design calculations may be different if internal shading (as user defined on
the Create Rooms - Walls screen) occurs during the time of the heating load peaks.

Ref #179.

Wall U-value

The nonglass wall U-value,UVAL wl , has units of Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C] and is based on user entry on the Create
Rooms - Walls screen.

Ref #180.

Ceiling U-Value

The ceiling U-value, UVAL ceil , is a function of the ceiling R-Value user-defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. Since the
ceiling R-Value only represents the conduction resistance, the ceiling U-value between the plenum air space and the room must include
the air film resistances above and below the acoustic ceiling tile, i.e.,

UVAL ceil = 1 / (RFILM ac + RCEIL + RFILM bc )


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------TR GENL RCEIL
Conduction film resistance of (acoustic) ceiling
tile,(hr-ft 2 -F)/Btu [(m 2 -C)/W]
RF 180
RFILM ac
Air film resistance between ceiling air space
2 -F)/Btu
and ceiling tile, 0.685 (hr-ft
[0.1206 (m 2 -C)/W]
RF 180
RFILM bc
Air film resistance between ceiling tile and
2 -F)/Btu [0.1206 (m 2 -C)/W]
room air, 0.685 (hr-ft
EQ 180
UVAL ceil
Ceiling U-value, Btu/(hr-ft 2 -F) [W/(m 2 -C]
NOTE: the nonglass roof U-value should never include the effect of the dropped ceiling unless the plenum height is entered as zero;
otherwise, the ceiling U-value will be double accounted.

110
Ref #181.

Room Specific Mass

MASS wl x AREA wl + MASS fl x (AREA fl -AREA xf ) +


MASS xf x AREA xf + MASS pt x AREA pt
MASS rm = -----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Ref#
-------EQ 186
EQ 187
EQ 194
EQ 188
RF 181
ED 181
EQ 181
RF 181
RF 181

Ref #182.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA pt
Partition area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA xf
Exposed floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
MASS fl
Floor specific mass (see floor slab type from
2 [kg/m 2 ]
Create Rooms - Rooms screen), lbm/ft
MASS pt
Partition specific mass (see partition type from
the Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors screen),
lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS rm
Room specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS wl
Wall specific mass (see wall type from the
Create Rooms - Walls screen), lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS xf
Exposed floor specific mass (see exposed floor
type from the Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors
screen), lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]

Room Specific Heat Capacitance

[(MASS wl x SPECHT wl x AREA wl ) + (MASS fl x SPECHT fl x


(AREA fl -AREA xf )) + (MASS xf x SPECHT xf x AREA xf ) +
(MASS pt x SPECHT pt x AREA pt )]
CAPAC rm = -----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Ref#
-------EQ 186
EQ 187
EQ 194
EQ 188
EQ 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182
RF 182

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl
Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA pt
Partition area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA xf
Exposed floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
CAPAC rm
Room heat capacitance, Btu/ft 2 -F [kJ/m 2 -C]
MASS fl
Floor specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS pt
Partition specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS wl
Wall specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
MASS xf
Exposed floor specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
SPECHT fl
Floor specific heat (see floor slab type from
the Create Rooms - Rooms screen),
Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
SPECHT pt
Partition specific heat (see partition type from
the Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors screen,
Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
SPECHT wl
Wall specific heat (see wall type from the
Create Rooms - Walls screen) Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
SPECHT xf
Exposed floor specific heat (see exposed
floor type from the Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors
screen), Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]

111

2.9.2 BUILDING AREAS


Ref #183.

Number of Duplicate Floors

The number of duplicate floors, NDUPFLS, is user defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen.

Ref #184.

Number of Duplicate Rooms per Floor

The number of duplicate rooms per floor, NDUPRMS, is user defined on the Create Rooms - Rooms screen. The total number of
duplicate rooms for this room number is given by (Number of Duplicate Floors) x (Number of Duplicate Rooms per Floor).

Ref #185.

Floor Area per duplicate room

AREA fl,dz = WIDTH fl x LENGTH fl


Ref#
-------EQ 185
TR GENL
TR GENL
Ref #186.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA fl,dz
Floor area per duplicate room, ft 2 [m 2 ]
LENGTH fl
Floor length, ft [m]
WIDTH fl
Floor width, ft [m]

Total Floor Area

AREA fl = WIDTH fl x LENGTH fl x NDUPFLS x NDUPRMS


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 186
AREA fl
Floor area per duplicate room, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR GENL LENGTH fl
Floor length, ft [m]
RF 183
NDUPFLS
Number of duplicate floors for this room
& TR GENL
RF 184
NDUPRMS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room
& TR GENL
TR GENL WIDTH fl
Floor width, ft [m]
Ref #187.

Partition Area

AREA pt = HEIGHT pt x LENGTH pt x NDUPFLS x NDUPZNS


Ref#
-------EQ 187
TR GENL
TR GENL
RF 183
RF 184
Ref #188.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA pt
Total partition area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
HEIGHT pt
Partition height, ft [m]
LENGTH pt
Partition length, ft [m]
NDUPFLS
Number of duplicate floors for this room
NDUPZNS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room

Exposed Floor Area

AREA xf = AREA xf,rm x NDUPRMS


Ref#
Variable
Description
-------- ------------- ----------------------------------------------EQ 188
AREA xf
Total exposed floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
TR XFLR AREA xf,rm
Exposed floor area as user, ft 2 [m 2 ] defined on
the Create Rooms - Partitions/Floors screen
RF 184
NDUPRMS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room
Note that the exposed floor area is not multiplied times the Number of Duplicate Floors since it is assumed that only one floor in the
building has an exposed floor.

112
Ref #189.

Total Skylight Area

The skylight area can either be a function of the skylight dimensions or the percent skylight value. The percent skylight value is not
multiplied times the duplicate room multiplier since the gross roof area,
AREA rt , already incorporates it.

If (LENGTH sk = 0 and WIDTH sk = 0)


Then AREA sk = (VAL sk /100) * AREA rt
Otherwise AREA sk = LENGTH sk * WIDTH sk * VAL sk * NDUPRMS
If the calculated skylight area exceeds the gross roof area, the skylight area is reduced to equal the gross roof area.

If (AREA sk > AREA rt ) AREA sk = AREA rt


Ref#
-------EQ 191
EQ 189
TR SKYL
EQ 184
TR SKYL
TR SKYL
Ref #190.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------2 [m 2 ]
AREA rt
Gross (glass and nonglass) roof area, ft
AREA sk
Total skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
LENGTH sk
Skylight length, ft [m]
NDUPRMS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room
VAL sk
Equals percent skylight when both LENGTH
sk and
WIDTH sk are zero; equals number of skylights
when either LENGTH sk or WIDTH sk are > zero
WIDTH sk
Skylight width, ft [m]

Percent of gross roof area composed of skylights

AREA sk
PCT sk = ------------------- x 100
(AREA sk + AREA rf )
Ref#
-------EQ 191
EQ 189
EQ 190
Ref #191.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA rf
Nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA sk
Skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
PCT sk
Percent skylight area, %

Roof area

If the roof has been entered as "Equal to Floor Area then the gross roof area equals the floor area; otherwise, the gross roof area equals
the roof dimensions times the duplicate room multiplier.

If (RFFLAG = YES)
Then AREA rt = AREA fl / NDUPFL
Otherwise AREA rt = LENGTH rf * WIDTH rf * NDUPRMS
AREA rf = AREA rt - AREA sk
Note that the nonglass roof area,AREA rf , is printed out -- not the gross roof area,
AREA rt .

Ref#
-------EQ 186
EQ 191
EQ 191
EQ 189
TR ROOF
RF 183
RF 172
TR ROOF

Variable
------------AREA fl
AREA rf
AREA rt
AREA sk
LENGTH rf
NDUPFLS
NDUPRMS
RFFLAG

TR ROOF

WIDTH rf

Description
----------------------------------------------Floor area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
Non-glass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
2 [m 2 ]
Gross (glass and nonglass) roof area, ft
2
2
Skylight area, ft
[m ]
Roof length, ft [m]
Number of duplicate floors for this room
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room
Roof flag, if YES then gross roof area equals
the floor area for one story
Roof width, ft [m]

Note that roof dimensions are not multiplied times the Number of Duplicate Floors since it is assumed that only one floor in the building
has a roof.

113

Ref #192.

Total Window Area

The wall glass area can either be a function of the wall glass dimensions or the percent glass value. The percent glass value is not
multiplied times the duplicate multiplier since the gross wall area value already incorporates it.

If (LENGTH gl = 0 and HEIGHT gl = 0)


Then AREA gl = (VAL gl /100) * AREA wt
Otherwise AREA gl = LENGTH gl * HEIGHT gl * VAL gl * NDUPFLS * NDUPRMS
If the calculated glass area exceeds the gross wall area, the glass area is reduced to equal the gross wall area.

IF (AREA gl > AREA wt ) Then AREA gl = AREA wt


Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 194
RF 183
TR WALL
TR WALL
RF 184
TR GLAS

Ref #193.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl
Wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
2 [m 2 ]
AREA wt
Gross (glass and nonglass) wall area, ft
NDUPFLS
Number of Duplicate floor multiplier
HEIGHT gl
Wall glass height, ft [m]
LENGTH gl
Wall glass length, ft [m]
NDUPRMS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor for this room
VAL gl
Equals percent glass when both LENGTH
gl and
HEIGHT gl are zero; equals number of windows
when either LENGTH gl or HEIGHT gl are > zero

Percent of gross wall area composed of windows

AREA gl
PCT gl = ------------------- x 100
(AREA gl + AREA wl )
Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 194
EQ 193
Ref #194.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl
Wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
PCT gl
Percent glass area, %

Wall Area

AREA wt = LENGTH wl x HEIGHT wl x NDUPFLS x NDUPRMS


AREA wl = AREA wt - AREA gl
Note that the nonglass wall area,AREA wl , is printed out -- not the gross roof area,
AREA wt .

Ref#
-------EQ 194
EQ 194
TR WALL
TR WALL
RF 183
RF 184

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA wl
Nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
2 [m 2 ]
AREA wt
Gross (glass + nonglass) wall area, ft
LENGTH wl
Wall length, ft [m]
HEIGHT wl
Wall height, ft [m]
NDUPFLS
Number of duplicate floors for this room
2 [m 2 ]
NDUPRMS
Number of duplicate rooms per floor, ft

Note that wall dimensions are multiplied times the (Number of Duplicate Floors per Room) x (Number of Duplicate Rooms per Floor).

114

2.9.3 ASHRAE 90 ANALYSIS


Ref #195.

Overall Roof U-Value


, UVAL rf,o

L rm

(UVAL rf,rm x AREA rf,rm + UVAL sk,rm x AREA sk,rm )


rm =F rm
UVAL rf,o = -----------------------------------------------------L rm

(AREA rf,rm + AREA sk,rm )


n =F rm
Ref#
-------EQ 191
EQ 189
TR GENL
TR GENL
EQ 195
EQ 176
EQ 174
Ref #196.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA rf,rm
Room nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA sk,rm
Room skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
F rm
First room entered on the Create Rooms screens
L rm
Last room entered on the Create Rooms screens
UVAL rf,o
Overall roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
UVAL rf,rm
Room nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft2-F
[W/m 2 -C]
UVAL sk,rm
Room skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]

Overall Wall U-Value


, UVAL wl,o

L rm

(UVAL wl,rm x AREA wl,rm + UVAL gl,rm x AREA gl,rm )


rm =F rm
UVAL wl,o = ----------------------------------------------------L rm

(AREA wl,rm + AREA gl,rm )


rm =F rm
Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 194
TR GENL
TR GENL
EQ 177
EQ 196
EQ 179
Ref #197.

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl,rm
Room wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl,rm
Room nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
F rm
First room entered on the
Create Rooms screens
L rm
Last room entered on the
Create Rooms screen s
UVAL gl,rm
Room wall glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
UVAL wl,o
Overall wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
UVAL wl,rm
Room nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]

Overall Building U-Value


, UVAL o

The overall building U-value,UVAL o , only includes the walls (opaque and non-opaque) and the roofs (opaque and non-opaque). The
transmission affect of any partitions or exposed floors is ignored.

L rm

(UVAL wl,rm x AREA wl,rm + UVAL gl,rm x AREA gl,rm +


UVAL rf,rm x AREA rf,rm + UVAL sk,rm x AREA sk,rm )
rm =F rm
UVAL o = -----------------------------------------------------L rm

(AREA wl,rm + AREA gl,rm + AREA rf,rm + AREA sk,rm )


=F
rm rm
Ref#
-------EQ 191
EQ 191
EQ 189
EQ 194
TR GENL

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl,rm
Room wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA rf,rm
Room nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA sk,rm
Room skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl,rm
Room nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
F rm
First room entered on the
Create Rooms screens

115
TR GENL
EQ 177

L rm
UVAL gl,rm

EQ 197
EQ 176

UVAL o
UVAL rf,rm

EQ 174
EQ 179

UVAL sk,rm
UVAL wl,rm

Last room entered on the


Create Rooms screens
Room wall glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
Overall building U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Room nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
Room skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
Room nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]

Wall Overall Thermal Transfer Value


, OTTV wl

Ref #198.

L rm

[UVAL wl,rm x AREA wl,rm x TDEQ wl,rm +


AREA gl,rm x SF x SC gl,rm +
UVAL gl,rm x AREA gl,rm x (SDDB - DSRMDB c,rm )]

rm =F rm
OTTV wl = --------------------------------------------------L rm

(AREA wl,rm + AREA gl,rm )


=F
rm rm
TDEQ wl,rm = -0.32 x MASS wl,rm + 48
= -0.0382 x MASS wl,rm + 26.9

English Units
SI Units

(English Units)
SF = 114.8

0 < Latitude < 20

= 0.61 x Latitude + 102.7

20 < Latitude < 40

= 1.14 x Latitude + 81.4

40 < Latitude < 60

= 149.8

60 < Latitude < 90

(SI Units)
SF = 362.0

0 < Latitude < 20

= 1.90 x Latitude + 324.0

20 < Latitude < 40

= 3.56 x Latitude + 257.7

40 < Latitude < 60

= 471.2

60 < Latitude < 90

Ref#
-------EQ 192
EQ 194
RF 56
TR GENL
TR GENL
EQ 198
TR GLAS
RF 10
RF 198
EQ 198
RF 177
RF 179

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA gl,rm
Room wall glass area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA wl,rm
Room nonglass wall area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
DSRMDB c,rm
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
F rm
First room entered on the
Create Rooms screens
L rm
Last room entered on the
Create Rooms screens
2
OTTV wl
Wall Overall Thermal Transfer Value, Btu/hr-ft
[W/m 2 ]
SC gl,rm
Glass shading coefficient
SDDB
Summer design dry bulb, F [C]
SF
Solar factor. Above equation is a straight line fit
to Figure 9 in ASHRAE Standard 90A-1980,
Btu/hr-ft 2 [W/m 2 ]
TDEQ wl,rm
Equation above is a straight line fit to Figure 8
in ASHRAE Standard 90A-1980, F [C]
UVAL gl,rm
Room wall glass U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]
UVAL wl,rm
Room nonglass wall U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F

116
[W/m
Ref #199.

2 -C]

Roof Overall Thermal Transfer Value


, OTTV rf

L rm

[UVAL rf,rm x AREA rf,rm x TDEQ rf,rm +


C x AREA sk,rm x SC sk,rm +
UVAL sk,rm x AREA sk,rm x (SDDB - DSRMDB c,rm )]
rm=F rm
OTTV rf = --------------------------------------------------L rm

(AREA rf,rm + AREA sk,rm )


rm=F rm
(English Units)
TDEQ rf,rm = 5000 x UTC
= 833.3 x UTC + 41.67
= 83.33 x UTC + 71.67

0.00 < UTC < 0.01


0.01 < UTC < 0.04
0.04 < UTC < 0.10

(SI Units)
TDEQ rf,rm = 2800 x UTC
= 466.6 x UTC + 23.34
= 46.66 x UTC + 40.14

0.00 < UTC < 0.01


0.01 < UTC < 0.04
0.04 < UTC < 0.10

UTC = UVAL rf,rm / (SPECHT rf,rm x MASS rf,rm )


Ref#
-------EQ 188
EQ 189
RF 199
RF 56
TR GENL
TR GENL
TR ROOF
EQ 199
TR
RF
TR
EQ

SKYL
10
ROOF
199

EQ 199
RF 176
RF 176
RF 174

Variable
Description
------------- ----------------------------------------------AREA rf,rm
Room nonglass roof area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
AREA sk,rm
Room skylight area, ft 2 [m 2 ]
C
Equals 138 [434.7], Btu/hr [W]
DSRMDB c,rm
Design room dry bulb cooling, F [C]
F rm
First room entered on the
Create Rooms screens
L rm
Last room entered on the
Create Rooms screens
MASS rf,rm
Room roof specific mass, lbm/ft 2 [kg/m 2 ]
2
OTTV rf
Roof Overall Thermal Transfer Value, Btu/hr-ft
2
[W/m
]
SC sk,rm
Skylight shading coefficient
SDDB
Summer design dry bulb, F [C]
SPECHT rf,rm
Room roof specific heat, Btu/lbm-F [kJ/kg-C]
TDEQ rf,rm
Equation above is a straight line fit to Figure 10
in ASHRAE Standard 90A-1980, F [C]
UTC
Temporary variable hr -1 , [sec -1 ]
UVAL rf,rm
Room nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
UVAL rf,rm
Room nonglass roof U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F
[W/m 2 -C]
UVAL sk,rm
Room skylight U-value, Btu/hr-ft 2 -F [W/m 2 -C]]

117

Chapter 3 ECHO INPUT REPORT


The Echo Input reports are formatted to display all the information you entered into the project file, including Project Information, Room
Information, and System Information.

3.1 Project Information


This report displays the information the user entered on the Project Information screen, the selected Weather Location and the values
displayed on the Weather Overrides screen, and the values displayed on the Load Parameters screen.

3.2 Room Information


This report displays the information the user entered on the Create Rooms screen, and is divided into the following sections: General
Information, People/Lights, Airflow Information, Miscellaneous Equipment, and a table that contains all the other load components (roofs,
skylights, walls, windows, partitions, and floors.)
The header of this report displays the Room Description, the Zone Description that the room is assigned to (if any), and the System
Description that the room/zone is assigned to.

3.3 System Information


This report displays the information the user entered on the Create Systems screen, and is divided into the following sections: System
Options, Static Pressures, Design Temperatures, Fan Overrides, Cooling Overrides, and Heating Overrides.
The header of this report displays the System Description and the selected System Type.

118

Appendix A TABLE OF SYSTEM TYPE ACRONYMS


The following acronyms are used throughout this document and the output reports.
Table A.1 System Type Acronyms

System Type
2-pipe Induction
4-pipe Induction
Bypass Multizone
Bypass VAV with Reheat
Bypass VAV
Computer Room Unit
Double Duct VAV
Double Duct
Fan Coil
Incremental Heat Pump
Multizone
Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner
Parallel Fan-Powered VAV
Parallel Fan-Powered VAV w/ HTG Coil on
Plenum
Radiation
Rooftop Multizone
Series Fan-Powered VAV
Single Zone
Terminal Air Blender
Terminal Reheat
Triple Deck Multizone
Two-Fan Double Duct VAV
Unit Heaters
Unit Ventilator
Variable Temperature Constant Volume
Variable Volume Reheat
VAV w/ Baseboard Heating
VAV w/ Baseboard Skin Heating
VAV w/ Forced Flow Skin Heating
Water Source Heat Pump

Acronym
IND
INDFP
BPMZ
BPVRH
BPVAV
COMP
DDVAV
DD
FC
INCHP
MZ
PTAC
PFPVAV
PFPVAVRA
RAD
RTMZ
SFPVAV
SZ
TAB
TRH
3DMZ
2FDDVAV
UH
UV
VTCV
VRH
VAV
VAVBSK
VAVFSK
WSHP

You might also like